UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,
Washington, D.C. 20549
______________

FORM 10-K10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010

For The Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
OR

¨oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period from ________ to ________


For the Transition Period from             to             
Commission File Number 1-2394
_______________
HANDY & HARMAN Ltd.
(formerly known as WHX Corporation)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


DELAWARE13-3768097
HANDY & HARMAN LTD.
(formerly known as WHX Corporation)
(StateExact Name of Incorporation)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
  
DELAWARE
13-3768097
(State or other jurisdiction of(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)Identification No.)
  
1133 Westchester Avenue Suite N222 
White Plains, New York
10604
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:      (914) 461-1300

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  914-461-1300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 Name of each exchange on
Title of each class
which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par valueNASDAQ Capital Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g)12 (g) of the Act:
None
 


Indicate by check mark if the Registrantregistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  oYes¨x  Noý

Indicate by check mark if the Registrantregistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  oYes¨x  Noý
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant:registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  xYes ýo  No¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405) 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    oYes ¨o  No¨


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨o
  
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filerfiler” and large accelerated filer”“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filerAccelerated Filer  o
¨
Accelerated Filero
 Non-accelerated filer¨
Accelerated filer
Non-Accelerated Filer  o
¨
Smaller Reporting Company
ýCompanyx

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  oYes¨x  Noý

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of registrant as of June 30, 2010 totaled approximately $25.2 million based on the then-closing stock price.

On March 4,April 25, 2011, there were 12,178,565approximately 12,653,775 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III will be incorporated by reference to certain portions of a definitive proxy statement, which is expected to be filed by the Registrant within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.None.
 
 
 



EXPLANATORY NOTE
The purpose of this Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A is to amend and restate Part III, Items 10 through 14, of the previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K of Handy & Harman Ltd. (“HNH” or the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on March 11, 2011 (the “Original Form 10-K”), to include information previously omitted in reliance on General Instruction G to Form 10-K, which provides that registrants may incorporate by reference certain information from a definitive proxy statement prepared in connection with the election of directors. The Company has determined to include such Part III information by amendment of the Original Form 10-K rather than by incorporation by reference to the proxy statement. Accordingly, Part III and Part IV of the Original Form 10-K is hereby amended and restated as set forth below.
There are no other changes to the Original Form 10-K other than those set forth below. This Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original Form 10-K, nor does it modify or update disclosures therein in any way other than as required to reflect the amendment set forth below. Among other things, forward-looking statements made in the Original Form 10-K have not been revised to reflect events that occurred or facts that became known to us after the filing of the Original Form 10-K, and such forward-looking statements should be read in their historical context.

HNH was formerly named WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011.


 
HANDY & HARMAN LTD.
FORM 10-K
Annual Report on Form 10-K/A
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Page No.
PAGE
   
1
5
12
12
16
17
18
38
85
86
1
   
871
879
8718
8721
8723
 
24
   
88
9124
 
 
i-i-

 
PAPART RT IIII
 
ITEM 1.Item 10.                      Directors and Executive Officers of the Company
BUSINESS
 
Set forth below are the names and ages of the directors and executive officers of the Company and their principal occupations at present and for the past five years.  The directors of the Company are elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors have been duly elected and qualified.  While neither the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), nor the Nominating Committee, has adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity when evaluating candidates for election to the Board, it is the Company’s goal to have a balanced Board, with members whose skills, background and experience are complimentary and, together, cover the variety of areas that impact the Company’s business.  Our executive officers are appointed by the Board and serve until their successors have been duly appointed and qualified.  There are, to the knowledge of the Company, no agreements or understandings by which these individuals were so selected.  No family relationships exist between any directors or executive officers, as such term is defined in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).  The Board has adopted independence standards for directors that conform to the standards required by the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) for listed companies.  Based on the Company’s director independence standards, the Board has affirmatively determined that Louis Klein, Jr., Garen W. Smith and Robert Frankfurt are independent.
 
Handy & Harman Ltd.
Name
Age
All Offices with the Company
Director and/or
Executive
Officer Since
Directors   
Warren G. Lichtenstein45Chairman of the Board2005
Glen M. Kassan67Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer2005
Robert Frankfurt*45Director2008
Jack L. Howard49Director2005
Louis Klein, Jr.*75Director2002
John H. McNamara, Jr.47Director2008
Garen W. Smith*68Director2002
    
Executive Officers
(non-directors)
   
Peter T. Gelfman47General Counsel and Secretary2008
James F. McCabe, Jr.48Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and President, Shared Services2007
Jeffrey A. Svoboda59Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of Handy & Harman (“H&H”) and Bairnco Corporation (“Bairnco”).2008
_______________
 
Handy & Harman Ltd. (formerly named WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011) (“HNH”), the parent company, manages a group of businesses on a decentralized basis.  HNH owns Handy & Harman Group Ltd. (“H&H Group”) which owns Handy & Harman (“H&H”) and Bairnco Corporation (“Bairnco”). HNH is a diversified holding company whose strategic business units encompass the following segments: Precious Metal, Tubing, Engineered Materials, Arlon Electronic Materials, Arlon Coated Materials, and Kasco Blades and Route Repair Services.  HNH principally operates in North America.  All references herein to “we,” “our” or the “Company” shall refer to HNH, together with all of its subsidiaries.
The HNH Business System is at the heart*           Member of the operational improvement methodologies for all HNH companiesAudit Committee, Compensation Committee and employees. Strategy Deployment forms the roof of the HNH Business System and serves to convert strategic plans into tangible actions ensuring alignment of goals throughout each of our businesses. The pillars of the HNH Business System are the key performance indicators used to monitor and drive improvement.  The steps of the HNH Business System are the specific tool areas that drive the key performance indicators and overall performance.  HNH utilizes lean tools and philosophies to reduce and eliminate waste coupled with the Six Sigma tools targeted at variation reduction.  The HNH Business System is a proven, holistic approach to increasing shareholder value and achieving long term, sustainable, and profitable growth.
Products and Product Mix
Precious Metal Segment
Precious Metal segment fabricates precious metal and their alloys into brazing alloys.  Brazing alloys are used to join similar and dissimilar metals as well as specialty metals and some ceramics with strong, hermetic joints.  We offer these metal joining products in a wide variety of alloys including gold, silver, palladium, copper, nickel, aluminum, and tin.  These brazing alloys are fabricated into a variety of engineered forms and are used in many industries including electrical, appliance, transportation, construction, and general industrial, where dissimilar material and metal-joining applications are required.  Operating income from precious metal products is principally derived from the “value added” of processing and fabricating and not from the purchase and resale of precious metal.  In accordance with general practice, prices to customers are principally a composite of two factors: (1) the value of the precious metal content of the product and (2) the “fabrication value,” which includes the cost of base metals, labor, overhead, financing and profit.
Tubing Segment
The Tubing segment manufactures a wide variety of steel tubing products.  The Stainless Steel Seamless Tubing Group manufactures small-diameter precision-drawn seamless tubing both in straight lengths and coils.  The Stainless Steel Tubing Group’s capabilities in long continuous drawing of seamless stainless steel coils allow this Group to serve the petrochemical infrastructure and shipbuilding markets.   The Stainless Steel Tubing Group also manufactures products for use in the medical, semiconductor fabrication, aerospace and defense industries. The Specialty Tubing Group manufactures welded carbon steel tubing in coiled and straight lengths with a primary focus on products for the consumer and commercial refrigeration, automotive, and heating, ventilation and cooling (HVAC), structural, and oil and gas industries.  In addition to producing bulk tubing, the Specialty Tubing Group also produces value added products and assemblies for these industries.
Engineered Materials Segment
The Engineered Materials Segment manufactures and supplies products to the construction and building industries.  Fasteners and fastening systems for the U.S. commercial flat roofing industry are manufactured and sold to building and roofing material wholesalers. The products are also private labeled to roofing system manufacturers. A line of specialty fasteners is produced for the building products industry for fastening applications in the construction and remodeling of homes, decking and landscaping.  We also manufacture plastic and steel fittings and connectors for natural gas, propane and water distribution service lines along with exothermic welding products for electrical grounding, cathodic protection, and lightning protection. In addition, we manufacture electro-galvanized and painted cold rolled sheet steel products primarily for the construction, entry door, container and appliance industries.Nominating Committee.
 
 
1

 
Arlon Electronic Materials SegmentBusiness Background and Qualifications of Members of the Board

Arlon Electronic Materials’ (“Arlon EM”) principal products include high performance materials forWe believe that the printed circuit board (“PCB”) industrycollective skills, professional experiences and silicone rubber-based insulation materials used in a broad rangequalifications of industrial, military/aerospace, consumerour directors provides our Board with the expertise and commercial markets.
Arlon EM supplies high technology circuit materialsexperience necessary to advance the PCB industry.  Arlon EM products are marketed principally to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and PCB manufacturers aroundinterests of our stockholders.  While the worldNominating Committee of our Board does not have any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by a direct technical sales force in many cases in supporteach of country and area specific distributors and manufacturer’s representatives.  Arlon EM’s conventional laminates product line includes a wide variety of specialty polyimide and epoxy laminates and bonding films, as well as other high performance thermoset laminates.  These materials are used in demanding commercial and military market applications including high density interconnect, surface mount technology, heat sink bonding, semiconductor testing, thermal management, wireless communications and microwave PCBs.  The microwave and radio frequency product line offers fluoropolymers (i.e. polytetrafluorethylene (“PTFE”)), ceramic-filled fluoropolymers, and other non-PTFE laminates that deliver the electrical performance needed in frequency-dependent circuit applications such as analog, digital and personal communication systems, high frequency military electronics, microwave antennas and cellular base station electronics.  These circuit materials are supplied as copper-clad laminates with bonding plies or prepregs for production of multi-layer printed circuits.
Arlon EM also manufactures a line of silicone rubber materials used in a broad range of military, consumer, industrial and commercial products.  Typical applications and products include: silicone bagging materials for producing composite parts; silicone insulating tapes for electric traction motor coil windings; insulation materials for industrial and commercial flexible heaters; silicone materials for high temperature hose and duct markets; insulating tape for medium and high voltage electrical splices and self-fusing tapes forour directors, it uses a variety of industrialcriteria to evaluate the qualifications and commercial applications;skills necessary for each member of the Board.  In addition to the individual attributes of each of our current directors described below, we believe that our directors should have the highest professional and personal ethics and values, consistent with our longstanding values and standards.  They should have broad experience at the policy-making level in business, exhibit commitment to enhancing stockholder value and have sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight and practical wisdom based on their past experience.

The following is a summary of the business background and experience of each of the persons named above:

Warren G. Lichtenstein.  Chairman of the Board
Warren G. Lichtenstein, age 45, has served as well as compliant, thermally or electrically conductive silicone film adhesives known as Thermabond™ for heat sink-bonding to printed circuit boardsChairman of the Board of the Company since July 2005.  Mr. Lichtenstein is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Steel Partners LLC (“Steel Partners”), a global management firm.  Steel Partners is the manager of Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“SPH”), a global diversified holding company that engages in multiple businesses through consolidated subsidiaries, associated companies and other thermalinterests.  Mr. Lichtenstein is currently the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of SPH.  Mr. Lichtenstein has been associated with Steel Partners and its affiliates since 1990.  He is a Co-Founder of Steel Partners Japan Strategic Fund (Offshore), L.P., a private investment partnership investing in Japan, and Steel Partners China Access I LP, a private equity partnership investing in China.  He also co-founded Steel Partners II, L.P. (“SPII”), a private investment partnership that is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPH, in 1993.  Mr. Lichtenstein has served as a director of GenCorp Inc., a manufacturer of aerospace and defense products and systems with a real estate business segment, since March 2008.  Mr. Lichtenstein also served as the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of SP Acquisition Holdings, Inc. (“SPAH”), a company formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses or assets, from February 2007 until October 2009.  He has served as a director of SL Industries, Inc. (“SL Industries”), a designer and manufacturer of power electronics, power motion equipment, power protection equipment, and teleprotection and specialized communication equipment, since March 30, 2010.  He previously served as a director (formerly Chairman of the Board) of SL Industries from January 2002 to May 2008 and served as Chief Executive Officer from February 2002 to August 2005. Mr. Lichtenstein has served as a director of ADPT Corporation (“ADPT”), a company currently seeking to acquire one or more business operations, since October 2010.  He served as a director of a predecessor entity of SPH from 1996 to June 2005, as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from December 1997 to June 2005 and as President from December 1997 to December 2003.  From May 2001 to November 2007, Mr. Lichtenstein served as a director (formerly Chairman of the Board) of United Industrial Corporation (“United Industrial”), a company principally focused on the design, production and support of defense systems, which was acquired by Textron Inc.  He served as a director of KT&G Corporation, South Korea’s largest tobacco company, from March 2006 to March 2008.  Mr. Lichtenstein served as a director of Layne Christensen Company, a provider of products and services for the water, mineral, construction and energy markets, from January 2004 to October 2006.  He served as a director of BKF Capital Group, Inc., the parent company of John A. Levin & Co., an investment management applications.
Arlon Coated Materials Segment
Arlon Coated Materials (“Arlon CM”) consistsfirm, from 2005 to 2006. As a result of three separate business units, Arlon Adhesive & Film Division located in California (“Arlon CM California”), Arlon Engineered Coated Products (“ECP”) and Arlon Signtech located in Texas (together, “Arlon CM Texas”). 
Arlon CM California manufactures specialty graphic films marketed under the Arlon and Calon® brand names and include cast and calendared vinyl films that are provided in a wide variety of colors, face stocks and adhesive systems.  These vinyl films are used in commercial and electrical signage, point of purchase displays, highway signage, fleet markings,these and other commercial advertising applications. 
Arlon CM Texas, through ECP, manufacturesprofessional experiences, we believe Mr. Lichtenstein is qualified to serve as Chairman of the Board due to his expertise in corporate finance, record of success in managing private investment funds and markets custom-engineered laminateshis related service as a director of, and coated products.  Typical applications include insulating foam tapes for thermopane windows, electrical insulation materials for motors and transformers, thermal insulation panels for appliances and cars, durable printing stock, coated foil tapes and transfer adhesives used in industrial assembly, and single and double-coated foam and film tapes andadvisor to, a diverse group of public companies, including other custom engineered laminates for specific industrial applications.  In addition, Arlon SignTech manufactures laminated vinyl fabrics for corporate identity programs.  These products are marketed under the ArlonFlex brand name and complement the Calon® specialty graphic films.
The Arlon CM Segment businesses have been classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements. See “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.companies having attributes similar to our Company.
 
 
2

 
Kasco BladesGlen M. Kassan.  Vice Chairman of the Board and Route Repair Services SegmentChief Executive Officer.
 
Kasco BladesGlen M. Kassan, age 67, has served as a director of the Company since July 2005 and Route Repair Services (“Kasco”)as the Company’s Vice Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since October 2005.  He is a providerManaging Director and operating partner of meat-room blade products, repair services,Steel Partners and resale products forhas been associated with Steel Partners and its affiliates since August 1999.  He served as the meatVice President, Chief Financial Officer and deli departmentsSecretary of supermarkets; for restaurants; for meata predecessor entity of SPH from June 2000 to April 2007.  He has served as a director of SL Industries since January 2002, its Chairman of the Board since May 2008, its Vice Chairman of the Board from August 2005 to May 2008 and fish processing plants; and for distributorsits President from February 2002 to August 2005.  He was a director of electrical saws and cutting equipment throughout North America, Europe, Asia and South America.  Kasco is alsoUnited Industrial from October 2002 to November 2007.  As a providerresult of wood cutting blade products for the pallet manufacturing, pallet recycler, and portable saw mill industries in North America.  These products and services include band saw blades for cutting meat and fish, band saw blades for cutting wood and metal, grinder plates and knives for grinding and cutting meat, repair and maintenance services for food equipment in retail grocery and restaurant operations, electrical saws and cutting machines, seasoning products,these and other related butcher supply products.
Kasco’s products and services are sold under a number of company names including Kasco Corporation and Atlanta Sharptech in the United States and Canada, Atlantic Service Company in the United Kingdom and Canada, Bertram & Graf in Germany, and Biro France and EuroKasco in France.
Business Strategy
Our business strategyprofessional experiences, we believe Mr. Kassan is qualified to enhance the growth and profitabilityserve as Vice Chairman of the businessesBoard due to his years of HNHexperience and record of success in leadership positions in other manufacturing, industrial and other public companies having attributes similar to build upon their strengths through internal growth and strategic acquisitions. We expect HNH to continue to focus on high margin products and innovative technology, while limiting its exposure to low margin, capital-intensive businesses.
We also will continue to evaluate, from time to time, the sale of certain businesses and assets,our Company as well as strategicthe expertise he possesses in capital markets and opportunistic acquisitions.  HNH has provided, and may provide from time to time in the future, information to interested parties regarding certain of its assets and businesses for such purposes.corporate finance.

Robert Frankfurt.  Director.
 
TheRobert Frankfurt, age 45, has been a director of HNH since November 2008.  Mr. Frankfurt is the founder of Myca Partners, Inc., an investment advisory services firm, and has served as its President since November 2006.  From February 2005 through December 2005, Mr. Frankfurt served as the Vice President of Sandell Asset Management Corp., a privately owned hedge fund.  From October 2002 through January 2005, Mr. Frankfurt was a private investor.  Mr. Frankfurt graduated from the Wharton School of Business System is at the heartUniversity of Pennsylvania with a B.S. in Economics and received an M.B.A. from the Anderson Graduate School of Management at UCLA.  Mr. Frankfurt has been a director of Peerless Systems Corp., a public company that licenses and sells imaging and networking technologies and components to the digital document markets, since November 2010.  As a result of these and other professional experiences, we believe Mr. Frankfurt is qualified to serve as a member of the operational improvement methodologies for all HNH companiesBoard due to his years of experience with private investing and employees. Strategy Deployment forms the roof of the HNH Business Systeminvestment advising and serves to convert strategic plans into tangible actions ensuring alignment of goals throughout each of our businesses. The pillars of the HNH Business System are the key performance indicators used to monitorhis post-graduate education, which provide him with comprehensive financial and drive improvement.  The steps of the HNH Business System are the specific tool areas that drive the key performance indicators and overall performance.  HNH utilizes lean tools and philosophies in operations and commercialization activities to improve business processes and reduce and eliminate waste coupled with the Six Sigma tools targeted at variation reduction.  The HNH Business System is a proven, holistic approach to increasing shareholder value and achieving long term, sustainable, and profitable growth.
Customers
HNH is diversified across industrial markets and customers.  HNH sells to customers in the construction, electronics, telecommunications, home appliance OEM, transportation, utility, medical, semiconductor, aerospace, military electronics, medical, telecommunications, automotive, railroad, and the food industry.
No customer accounted for more than 5% of consolidated sales in 2010 or 2009.
Foreign Revenue
The following table presents revenue for the years ended December 31.
  Revenue 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
United States $514,992  $424,047 
Foreign  66,523   50,044 
  $581,515  $474,091 

Foreign revenue is based on the country in which the legal subsidiary is domiciled.accounting expertise.
 
 
3


Raw MaterialsJack L. Howard.  Director.
 
Besides precious metals, the raw materials used in the operationsJack L. Howard, age 49, has been a director of the Precious Metal, Tubing,Company since July 2005.  He has been a registered principal of Mutual Securities, Inc., a FINRA registered broker-dealer, since 1989.  Mr. Howard is currently the President of SPH.  He is the President of Steel Partners and Engineered Materials segments consist principallyhas been associated with Steel Partners and its affiliates since 1993.  Mr. Howard co-founded SPII in 1993.  Mr. Howard has served as a director of stainless, galvanized,NOVT Corporation, a former developer of advanced medical treatments for coronary and carbon steel, nickel alloys,vascular disease, since April 2006.  Since July 2005, he has been a varietydirector of high-performance alloys,CoSine Communications, Inc., a holding company.  He has been a director (currently Chairman) of ADPT since December 2007.  Mr. Howard served as Chairman of the Board of a predecessor entity of SPH from June 2005 to December 2008, as a director from 1996 to December 2008 and various plastic compositions.  HNH purchases all such raw materials at open market pricesits Vice President from domestic1997 to December 2008.  From 1997 to May 2000, he also served as Secretary, Treasurer and foreign suppliers.  HNHChief Financial Officer of SPH’s predecessor entity.  He has not experienced any significant problem in obtainingserved as Chairman of the necessary quantitiesBoard of raw materials.  PricesDirectors of Ore Pharmaceutical Inc., a pharmaceutical asset management company, since October 2010.  He served as Chairman of the Board and availability, particularlyChief Executive Officer of raw materials purchasedGateway Industries, Inc. (“Gateway”) until February 2011 when it merged with Sillerman Investment Corporation.  Formerly, Gateway was a provider of database development and web site design and development services.  He also served as Chief Executive Officer of Gateway from foreign suppliers, are affected by world market conditionsFebruary 2004 to April 2007 and government policies.  The raw materials used by HNH in its non-precious metal segments are generally readily availableas Vice President from more than one source.December 2001 to April 2007.  Mr. Howard served as a director of SPAH from February 2007 until June 2007, and was Vice-Chairman from February 2007 until August 2007.  He also served as Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of SPAH from June 2007 and February 2007, respectively, until October 2009.  Mr. Howard has served as the Chairman of the Board of BNS Holdings, Inc., a holding company whose business is now an oil services company, since July 2010.  He currently holds the securities licenses of Series 7, Series 24, Series 55 and Series 63.  As a result of these and other professional experiences, we believe Mr. Howard is qualified to serve as a member of the Board due to his financial expertise and record of success as a director, chairman and top-level executive officer of numerous public companies.
 
The essential raw materials used in the Arlon EM segment are silicone rubber, fiberglass cloths, non-woven glass mats, pigments, copper foils, various plastic films, special release liners, various solvents, Teflon™ or PTFE dispersion, skive PTFE film,  polyimide resin, epoxy resins, other thermoset resins, ceramic fillers, as well as various chemicals.  Generally, these materials are each available from several qualified suppliers.  There are, however, several raw materials used in products that are purchased from chemical companies that are proprietary in nature.  Other raw materials are purchased from a single approved vendor on a “sole source” basis, although alternative sources could be developed in the future if necessary.  However, the qualification procedure for new suppliers can take several months or longer and could therefore interrupt production if the primary raw material source became unexpectedly unavailable.  Current suppliers are located in the United States, Asia, and Europe.Louis Klein, Jr.  Director.
 
RegardingLouis Klein, Jr., age 75, has served as a director of the Kasco segment, high quality carbon steelCompany since 2002.  He has served as Trustee of the Manville Personal Injury Settlement Trust from 1991 through 2007, trustee of WT Mutual Fund and stainless steel areWT Investment Trust I (Wilmington Trust) from 1998 through 2010 and Trustee of the principal raw materials usedCRM Mutual Fund since 2005.  He has also served as a director of Bulwark Corporation, a private company engaged in the manufacturereal estate investment, from 1998 through June 2008.  As a result of band saw blades; they are purchased from multiple domestic and international suppliers.  Tool steel is utilized in manufacturing meat grinder plates and knives and is purchased from qualified suppliers located in the United States, Europe and Japan.  Equipment, replacement parts, and supplies are purchased from a number of manufacturers and distributors in Asia, the United States, and Europe.  In France and Canada, certain specialty equipmentthese and other items used in the supermarket industry and in the food processing industry are purchased and resold under exclusive distributorship agreements with the equipment manufacturers.  Allprofessional experiences, we believe Mr. Klein is qualified to serve as a member of the raw materialsBoard due to his financial and purchased products utilized by this segment have been readily available throughout this last year.
Capital Investments
The Company believes that in order to be and remain competitive, its businesses must continuously strive to improve productivity and product quality, and control and/or reduce manufacturing costs.  Accordingly, HNH’s segments expect to continue to incur capital investments that reduce overall manufacturing costs, improve the quality of products produced, and broaden the array of products offered to the industries HNH serves, as well as replace equipment as necessary to maintain compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.  HNH’s capital expenditures for 2010 and 2009 for continuing operations were $10.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively.  HNH anticipates funding its capital expenditures in 2011 from funds generated by operations and borrowed funds.  HNH anticipates its capital expenditures will approximate depreciation, on average, and may approximate $15 to $22 million per year for the next several years.
Energy Requirements
HNH requires significant amounts of electricity and natural gas to operate its facilities and is subject to price changes in these commodities.  A shortage of electricity or natural gas, or a government allocation of supplies resulting in a general reduction in supplies, could increase costs of production and could cause some curtailment of production.
Employment
As of December 31, 2010, the Company employed 1,884 employees worldwide.  Of these employees, 363 were sales employees, 468 were office employees, 250 were covered by collective bargaining agreements, and 803 were non-union operating employees.
Competition
There are many companies, both domestic and foreign, which manufacture products of the type the Company manufactures.  Some of these competitors are larger than the Company and have financial resources greater than it does.  Some of these competitors enjoy certain other competitive advantages, including greater name recognition, greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, a larger installed base of customers, and well-established relationships with current and potential customers.  Competition is based on quality, technology, service, and price and in some industries, new product introduction, each of which is of equal importance.  The Company may not be able to compete successfully and competition may have a negative impact on its business, operating results or financial condition by reducing volume of products sold and/or selling prices, and accordingly reducing revenues and profits.accounting expertise.
 
 
4

 
In its served markets, the Company competes against large as well as smaller-sized private and public companies.  This results in intense competition in a number of markets in which it operates.  Significant competition could in turn lead to lower prices, lower levels of shipments and/or higher costs in some markets that could have a negative effect on results of operations.John H. McNamara, Jr.  Director.
 
Sales Channels
HNH distributes products to customers through Company sales personnel, outside sales representatives and distributors in North and South America, Europe, Australia, and the Far East and several other international markets.
Patents and Trademarks
The Company owns patents and registered trademarks under which certain of its products are sold.  In addition, the Company owns a number of US and foreign mechanical patents related to certain of its products, as wellJohn H. McNamara, Jr., age 47, has served as a number of design patents.  The Company does not believe that the loss of any or all of these trademarks would have a material adverse effect on its businesses.  The Company’s patents have remaining durations ranging from less-than-one year to 17 years, with expiration dates occurring in 2011 through 2027.
Environmental Regulation
The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment. The Company does not presently anticipate that compliance with currently applicable environmental regulations and controls will significantly change its competitive position, capital spending or earnings during 2011. The Company believes it is in compliance with all orders and decrees consented to by the Company with environmental regulatory agencies.  Please see “Item 1A - Risk Factors­–We Could Incur Significant Costs, Including Remediation Costs, as a Result of Complying with Environmental Laws.”
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
This report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), including, in particular, forward-looking statements under the headings “Item 7- Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  These statements appear in a number of places in this report and include statements regarding the Company’s intent, belief or current expectations with respect to (i) its financing plans, (ii) trends affecting its financial condition or results of operations, and (iii) the impact of competition.  The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements; however, this report also contains other forward-looking statements in addition to historical information.
Any forward-looking statements made by the Company are not guarantees of future performance and there are various important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements.  This means that indicated results may not be realized.
Factors that could cause the actual resultsdirector of the Company since February 2008.  He is a Managing Director and investment professional of Steel Partners and has been associated with Steel Partners and its affiliates since May 2006.  He has served as a director of SL Industries since May 2008.  He has also served as a director of Fox & Hound Restaurant Group, an owner and operator of entertainment restaurants, since April 2008.  Mr. McNamara has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of WebBank, a Utah-chartered industrial bank that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPH, since May 2009.  Mr. McNamara also served as a director of a predecessor entity of SPH from April 2008 to December 2008, and was its Chief Executive Officer from June 2008 to December 2008. Prior to working at Steel Partners, Mr. McNamara was a Managing Director and Partner at Imperial Capital LLC, an investment banking firm, which he joined in future periods1995.  As a member of its Corporate Finance Group he provided advisory services for middle market companies in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and financings. Mr. McNamara began his career at Bay Banks, Inc., a commercial bank, where he served in lending and work-out capacities   As a result of these and other professional experiences, we believe Mr. McNamara is qualified to differ materially include, but are not limitedserve as a member of the Board due to his record of success in leadership positions in other public companies and extensive expertise in corporate finance, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, restructuring and refinancing.

Garen W. Smith.  Director.

Garen W. Smith, age 68, has served as a director of the Company since 2002.  Mr. Smith serves on the Audit, Compensation and Nomination Committees of the Board.  In addition, Mr. Smith is on the Board of Directors of H&H and Bairnco, both subsidiaries of the Company.  Mr. Smith is Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of New Abundance Corp., a business consulting company.  He was Chairman of the Board of H&H from 2003 through September 2005.  Mr. Smith was Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of Abundance Corp., a consulting company that provided services to the following:Company, from 2002 to February 2005.  In addition, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Unimast Incorporated (“Unimast”) from 1991 to 2002.  Mr. Smith has served as a director of Phillips Manufacturing Company since November 2006.  Mr. Smith also serves on the advisory board of Steel Warehouse Company, Inc.  Mr. Smith is also currently the President of Grove Park Associates, a small, regional residential developer.  Mr. Smith received his Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering from Penn State University in 1964 and his Masters of Engineering degree (Civil Engineering) from Penn State University in 1966.  As a result of these and other professional experiences, we believe Mr. Smith is qualified to serve as a member of the Board due to his years of experience and record of success in leadership positions in other manufacturing and industrial companies having attributes similar to our Company.
 
 
5


Risks Relating to our Financial ConditionBusiness Background and Qualifications of Executive Officers

Peter T. Gelfman.  General Counsel and Secretary.
 
We HavePeter T. Gelfman, age 47, has been General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since April 2008 and holds similar positions with all of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries.  Previously, Mr. Gelfman was employed by Rheem Manufacturing Company as Deputy General Counsel from July 2005 to June 2006 and served as the Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel from June 2006 to April 2008.  He served as a HistorySenior Associate General Counsel for Sequa Corporation, a diversified industrial company, from June 1999 through June 2005.  Mr. Gelfman served as a Senior Attorney for Westvaco Corporation, now Mead Westvaco, from June 1996 through June 1999.  Additionally, Mr. Gelfman served as an Assistant United States Attorney for the United States Attorney for the Southern District of LossesNew York, Criminal Division, from February 1992 through May 1996 and Substantial Indebtednessas a litigation associate with Cravath, Swaine & Moore from September 1989 through December 1991.

James F. McCabe, Jr.  Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Cash Flow Obligations.President, Shared Services.
 
The Company recorded net incomeJames F. McCabe, Jr., age 48, has been Senior Vice President of $5.1 million in 2010, and generated $44.8 million of positive cash flow from operating activities.  This compares with a net loss of $21.2 million and $39.5 million provided by cash flows from operating activities in 2009.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had an accumulated deficitsince March 2007, and Chief Financial Officer of $447.3 million.
On March 7, 2005, the Company filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Company continued to operate its businesssince August 2008, and own and manage its assets as a debtorholds similar positions in possession until it emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on July 29, 2005.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s current assets totaled $163.0 million and its current liabilities totaled $147.7 million, resulting in working capital of $15.3 million, as compared to working capital of $49.4 million as of December 31, 2009.
HNH, the parent company
On October 15, 2010, the Company refinanced substantially all of its indebtedness principallythe Company’s subsidiaries.  Mr. McCabe also serves as President, Shared Services of the Company.  From July 2004 to February 2007, Mr. McCabe served as Vice President of Finance and Treasurer, Northeast Region, of American Water Works Company.  From August 1991 to September 2003, he was with its existing lenders or their affiliates.  The refinancing was effected through a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiaryTeleflex Incorporated where he served in senior management positions including President of Teleflex Aerospace, President of Sermatech International, Chief Operating Officer of Sermatech International, President of Airfoil Technologies International and Chief Financial Officer of Teleflex Aerospace.
Jeffrey A. Svoboda.  Senior Vice President of the Company H&H Group, which is the direct parentand President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H and Bairnco.

HNH,Jeffrey A. Svoboda, age 59, has been President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H since January 2008, President and Chief Executive Officer of Bairnco since January 2009, and a Senior Vice President of the parent company’s, sourcesCompany since March 2009.  Mr. Svoboda has previously served as a Group Executive and Corporate Vice President of cash flow consistDanaher Corporation from 2001 through 2007. From 1998 through 2001, he was with Fortune Brands as President of Moen Incorporated. Prior positions included Vice President of Manufacturing and Distribution for Black & Decker, General Manager of International Marketing and Sales for General Electric Appliances, and President of Electro Componentes de Mexico, a GE affiliate.

Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of its cash on-hand, distributions from its principal subsidiary, H&H Group,equity securities, to file reports of ownership and other discrete transactions.  H&H Group’s credit facilities effectively do not permit it to transfer any cash or other assets to HNH with the exception of (i) an unsecured loan for required payments to the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company (the “WHX Pension Plan”), and (ii) an unsecured loan for other uses in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.5 million in any fiscal year.  H&H Group’s credit facilities are collateralized by priority liens on all of the assets of its subsidiaries.

HNH’s ongoing operating cash flow requirements consist of arranging for the funding of the minimum requirements of the WHX Pension Plan and paying HNH’s administrative costs.  The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions to the WHX Pension Plan for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.  Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changesownership (typically, Forms 3, 4 and/or 5) of such as any plan termination.
As of December 31, 2010, HNH and its subsidiaries that are not restricted by loan agreements or otherwise from transferring funds to HNH had cash of approximately $3.0 million and current liabilities of approximately $18.0 million.  Such current liabilities include $14.9 million of estimated required contributions to the WHX Pension Plan, which HNH is permitted to borrow from H&H Group pursuant to its credit agreements, in addition to an unsecured loan of up to $3.5 million in any fiscal year for other purposes.

Management expects that HNH will be able to fund its operations in the ordinary course of business over at least the next twelve months.
Shelf Registration Statement

Pursuant to a shelf registration statement filed on Form S-3equity securities with the SEC and declared effective on June 29, 2009, the Company may, from timeNASDAQ.  Such entities are also required by SEC regulations to time, issue up to $25 million of its common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, or any combination of the above, separately or as units. The terms of any offerings under the shelf registration statement will be determined at the time of the offering.  The Company does not presently have any definitive plans or current commitments to sell securities that may be registered under the shelf registration statement.  While management believes that the shelf registration statement providesfurnish the Company with the flexibility to quickly raise capital in the market as conditions permit with a minimumcopies of administrative preparation and expense, there can be no assurance that the Company will sell securities under the shelf registration on terms favorable to the Company, if at all.all such Section 16(a) reports.
 
 
6


Handy & Harman Group  Ltd.
The abilityBased solely on a review of H&H GroupForms 3 and 4 and amendments thereto furnished to draw on its revolving line of credit is limited by its borrowing base of accounts receivablethe Company and inventory.  As ofwritten representations that no Form 5 or amendments thereto were required, the Company believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, H&H Group’s availability under its U.S. revolving credit facilities was $24.2 million,directors and asofficers, and greater than 10% beneficial owners, have complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements with the exception of January 31, 2011, availability was $18.3 million.two reports on Form 4 filed by SPII, each covering one transaction.

There canThe Board’s Leadership Structure

Since July 2005, Warren Lichtenstein has held the position of Chairman of the Board and since October 2005, Glen Kassan has held the positions of Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  This arrangement has allowed our Chairman to lead the Board and to be no assurances that H&H Group will continuethe Company’s principal spokesman with regards to have accessthe investment and financial communities while the Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company has focused primarily on managing the daily operations of the Company.   The separation of duties provides strong leadership for the Board while allowing the Chief Executive Officer to its linesbe the leader of credit if financial performance of its subsidiariesthe Company for customers, employees and shareholders.  We do not satisfyhave a Lead Independent Director.  Rather, the relevant borrowing base criteria and financial covenants set forth inCompany’s three independent directors, who are the applicable financing agreements.  If H&H Group does not meet certain of its financial covenants or satisfy its borrowing base criteria, and if it is unable to secure necessary waivers or other amendments from the respective lenders on terms acceptable to management, its ability to access available lines of credit could be limited, its debt obligations could be accelerated by the respective lenders, and liquidity could be adversely affected.

Management is utilizing the following strategies to continue to enhance liquidity: (1) continuing to implement improvements, using the HNH Business System, throughout allsole members of the Company’s operations to increase operating efficiencies, (2) supporting profitable sales growth both internallyAudit, Compensation and potentially through acquisitions, (3) evaluatingNominating Committees, provide strong independent leadership for each of those three committees.  The three independent directors meet in executive session from time to time, as deemed appropriate in their discretion, in their various capacities, and as appropriate, strategic alternativesthe Audit Committee, the three independent directors meet in executive sessions with respect to all its businesses and/or assets and (4) seeking financing alternatives that may lower its cost of capital and/or enhance current cash flow.  The Company continues to examine all of its options and strategies, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other corporate transactions, to increase cash flow and stockholder value.our outside auditors on a regular basis.

Management believes thatThe Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The Company’s Board is actively involved in overseeing the Company will be able to meet its cash requirements on a continuing basis for at least the next twelve months. However, that ability is dependent, in part,Company’s risk management processes.  The Board focuses on the Company’s continuing abilitygeneral risk management strategy and ensures that appropriate risk mitigation strategies are implemented by management.  Further, operational and strategic presentations by management to meet its business plans. There can be no assurance that the funds available from operationsBoard include consideration of the challenges and underrisks of the Company’s credit facilities will be sufficient to fund its debt service costs, working capital demands, pension plan contributions, and environmental remediation costs. If the Company’s planned cash flow projections are not met, management could consider the additional reduction of certain discretionary expensesbusinesses, and the saleBoard and management actively engage in discussion on these topics.  Pursuant to a formal Approval Authorization policy, the Board is also informed of certain assets and/or businesses.particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters.

Furthermore, if the Company’s cash needs are significantly greater than anticipated or the Company does not materially meet its business plan, the Company may be required to seek additional or alternative financing sources.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all.  The Company’s inability to generate sufficient cash flows from its operations or through financing could impair its liquidity, and would likely have a material adverse effect on its businesses, financial condition and results of operations, and could raise substantial doubt that the Company will be able to continue to operate.
We Sponsor a Defined Benefit Pension Plan Which Could Subject Us to Substantial Cash Funding Requirements in the Future.
The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.   Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
In addition, in July 2003, the Company entered into a settlement agreement among the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("PBGC"), HNH and several other parties (“Termination Litigation”), in which the PBGC was seeking to terminate the WHX Pension Plan.  Under the settlement, HNH agreed among other things that HNH will not contest a future action by the PBGC to terminate the WHX Pension Plan in connection with a future facility shutdown of a facility of HNH's former Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation subsidiary, which subsidiary was wholly owned until August 1, 2003.  In the event that such a plan termination occurs, the PBGC has agreed to release HNH from any claims relating to any such shutdown. However, there may be PBGC claims related to unfunded liabilities that may exist as a result of any such terminationeach of the WHX Pension Plan.  Please see “Item 3 - Legal Proceedings.”Board’s committees considers risk within its area of responsibility.  For example, the Audit Committee provides oversight to legal and compliance matters and assesses the adequacy of the Company’s risk-related internal controls.  The Compensation Committee considers risk and structures our executive compensation programs to provide incentives to appropriately reward executives for growth without undue risk taking.

The Company’s management is responsible for day-to-day risk management.  The Company’s Treasury and Internal Audit areas serve as the primary monitoring and testing function for company-wide policies and procedures and manage day-to-day oversight of risk management strategy for the Company’s ongoing businesses.
 
 
7


If We Are UnableCode of Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) that applies to Access Funds Generatedall of its directors, officers and employees.  The Code of Conduct is reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote (i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (ii) full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents filed with, or submitted to, the SEC and in other public communications made by Our Subsidiaries We May Not Be Ablethe Company, (iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (iv) the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Conduct to Meet Our Financial Obligations.
Because HNH is a holding company that conducts operations through its subsidiaries, it depends on those entities for dividends, distributions and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet its financial obligations.  Failure by one or more of those subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow and meet the requirements of H&H Group’s credit facilities could have a material adverse effect on HNH’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  As previously described, due to covenant restrictions in H&H Group’s credit facilities, there have been no recent dividends from its subsidiaries to HNH, and HNH’s sources of cash have been limited as described herein.
Risks Relating to Our Business
The Current Volatilityappropriate persons identified in the Credit Markets,Code of Conduct, and Decline in(v) accountability for adherence to the Global and Domestic Economies, Could Continue to Adversely Affect our Business.
Substantial volatility in the global capital markets, widely-documented commercial credit market disruptions, and other recessionary factors have had a significant negative impact on financial markets andCode of Conduct. The Code of Conduct is available on the global and domestic economies.  The effects of these factors are widespread, and it is impossible to predict when the global financial markets and domestic and global economies will materially improve and stabilize.  These conditions and the accompanying uncertainty about current global economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on demand for our customers’ products and, in turn, on demand for our products, resulting in a reduction in sales and margins.  A significant portion of our revenues are received from customers in automotive and construction related industries, which have experienced significant financial downturns in recent years.  These industries are cyclical and demand for their products tends to fluctuate due to changes in national and global economic conditions, availability of credit and other factors.  The worsening of consumer demand in these industries would adversely affect our revenues, profitability, operating results and cash flow.  We may also experience a slowdown if some customers experience difficulty in obtaining adequate financing dueCompany’s website at www.handyharman.com.  Amendments to the continuing volatility in the credit markets.  Furthermore, the financial stabilityCode of our customers or suppliers may be compromised, which could result in additional bad debts for us or non-performance by suppliers.  Our assets may also be impaired or subject to write-down or write-off asConduct and any grant of a result of these conditions.  These adverse effects would likely be exacerbated if global economic conditions worsen; resulting in wide-ranging, adverse and prolonged effects on general business conditions, and materially and adversely affect our operations, financial results and liquidity.
In Many Cases, Our Competitors Are Larger Than Us and Have Manufacturing and Financial Resources Greater Than We Do, Which May Havewaiver from a Negative Impact on Our Business, Operating Results or Financial Condition.
There are many companies, both domestic and foreign, which manufacture productsprovision of the type we manufacture.  SomeCode of these competitors are larger than we are and have financial resources greater than we do.  SomeConduct requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on the Company’s website at www.handyharman.com.  The Company has implemented a web-based method for anonymous reporting of these competitors enjoy certain other competitive advantages, including greater name recognition, greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources,concerns at www.handyharman.ethicspoint.com.

Audit Committee

The Company has a larger installed baseseparately standing Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a) (58) (A) of customers, and well-established relationships withthe Exchange Act.  The Audit Committee has a charter, a current and potential customers.  Competition is based on quality, technology, service, and price and in some industries, new product introduction, eachcopy of which is available on the Company’s website, www.handyharman.com.  The members of equal importance.  We may not be able to compete successfullythe Audit Committee are Louis Klein, Jr., Garen W. Smith and competitionRobert Frankfurt.  Each of Messrs. Klein, Smith and Frankfurt are non-employee members of the Board.  After reviewing the qualifications of the current members of the Audit Committee, and any relationships they may have a negative impact on our business, operating results orwith the Company that might affect their independence from the Company, the Board has determined that (i) all current Audit Committee members are “independent” as that concept is defined in Section 10A of the Exchange Act, (ii) all current Audit Committee members are financially literate, and (iii) Mr. Klein qualifies as an “audit committee financial condition by reducing volume of products sold and/or selling prices, and accordingly reducing our revenues and profits.
In our served markets, we compete against large as well as smaller-sized private and public companies.  This results in intense competition in a number of markets in which we operate.  Significant competition could in turn lead to lower prices, lower levels of shipments and/or higher costs in some markets that could have a negative effect on our results of operations.
Our Profitability May Be Adversely Affected by Fluctuations inexpert” under the Cost of Raw Materials.
We are exposed to market risk and price fluctuation relatedapplicable rules promulgated pursuant to the purchase of natural gas, electricity, precious metal, steel products and certain non-ferrous metals used as raw materials.  Our results of operations may be adversely affectedExchange Act.  The Audit Committee met five times during periods in which either the prices of such commodities are unusually high or their availability is restricted.  In addition, we hold precious metal positions that are subject to market fluctuations.  Precious metal inventory is included in inventory using the last-in, first-out method of inventory accounting.  We enter into precious metal forward or future contracts with major financial institutions to reduce the economic risk of price fluctuations.fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
 
 
8

 
Some of Our Raw Materials Are Available From a Limited Number of Suppliers.   There Can Be No Assurance that the Production of These Raw Materials Will Be Readily Available.Item 11.                      Executive Compensation.

Several raw materials used in our products are purchased from chemical companies that are proprietary in nature.  Other raw materials are purchased from a single approved vendor on a “sole source” basis.  Although alternative sources could be developed in the future if necessary, the qualification procedure can take several months or longer and could therefore interrupt the production of our products and services if the primary raw material source became unexpectedly unavailable.Summary Compensation Table
 
The Lossfollowing table sets forth all compensation awarded to, paid to, or earned by, the following type of Major Customers Could Adversely Affect Our Revenuesexecutive officers for each of the Company’s last two completed fiscal years: (i) individuals who served as, or acted in the capacity of, the Company’s principal executive officer for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010; and Financial Health.(ii) the Company’s two most highly compensated executive officers, other than the chief executive, who were serving as executive officers at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. We refer to these individuals collectively as our named executive officers.
 
No single customer accounted for more than 5% of consolidated net sales in 2010.  However, the Company’s 15 largest customers accounted for approximately 28% of consolidated HNH net sales. If we were to lose our relationship with several of these customers, revenues and profitability could fall significantly.
Name and Principal Position Year 
Salary
($)
  
Bonus
($)
  
All Other Compensation
($)
  
Total Compensation
($)
 
(a) (b) (c)  (d)  (i)  (j) 
Glen M. Kassan 2010  --(1)  --   --   -- 
Chief Executive Officer 2009  --(1)  --   --   -- 
James F. McCabe, Jr. 2010  320,640   223,859   63,131(2)  607,630 
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and President, Shared Services 2009  308,400   24,570(6)  42,271(3)  375,241 
Jeffrey A. Svoboda 2010  522,154   464,400   23,036(4)  1,009,590 
Senior Vice President of HNH and President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H and Bairnco
 2009  495,430   49,980(6)  15,751(5)  561,161 
 _____________
 
Our Business Strategy Includes Acquisitions and Acquisitions Entail Numerous Risks.
(1)
The $600,000 annual salary payable to Mr. Kassan with respect to the year ended December 31, 2009, which had been deferred effective January 1, 2009 (net of the 5% company-wide salary reduction), was irrevocably waived by Mr. Kassan and was not paid.  Mr. Kassan is a Managing Director and operating partner of Steel Partners, an affiliate of SP Corporate Services, LLC (“SP”).  In each of 2011, 2010 and 2009, in lieu of paying Mr. Kassan’s annual salary, the Company was charged a management and services fee by SP in consideration for the services of Mr. Kassan and others.  See “Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”

Our business strategy includes, among other things, strategic acquisitions as well as potential opportunistic acquisitions.  This element of our strategy entails several risks, including the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, and the need to finance such acquisitions with additional equity and/or debt.
(2)Includes payments for life insurance, car allowance, temporary living allowance, and 401(k) matching payments.

In addition, once completed, acquisitions entail further risks, including: unanticipated costs and liabilities of the acquired businesses, including environmental liabilities that could materially adversely affect our results of operations; difficulties in assimilating acquired businesses; negative effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers and losing key employees of the acquired businesses.
(3)Includes payments for life insurance, car allowance and temporary living allowance.

Our Competitive Advantage Could Be Reduced if Our Intellectual Property or Related Proprietary Manufacturing Processes Become Known by Our Competitors or if Technological Changes Reduce Our Customers’ Need for Our Products.
(4)Includes payments for life insurance, car allowance and 401(k) matching payments.

We own a number of trademarks and patents (in the United States and other jurisdictions) on our products and related proprietary manufacturing processes.  In addition to trademark and patent protection, we rely on trade secrets, proprietary know-how and technological advances that we seek to protect.  If our intellectual property is not properly protected by us or is independently discovered by others or otherwise becomes known, our protection against competitive products could be diminished.
(5)Includes payments for life insurance and car allowance.

We Could Incur Significant Costs, Including Remediation Costs, as a Result of Complying With Environmental Laws.
Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations imposed by federal, state, foreign and local authorities relating to the protection of the environment.  We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines or sanctions, and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.  We have incurred, and in the future may continue to incur, liability under environmental statutes and regulations with respect to the contamination detected at sites owned or operated by the Company (including contamination caused by prior owners and operators of such sites, abutters or other persons) and the sites at which we have disposed of hazardous substances.  As of December 31, 2010, we have established a reserve totaling $6.1 million with respect to certain presently estimated environmental remediation costs.  This reserve may not be adequate to cover the ultimate costs of remediation, including discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations, which could result in significant additional costs.  In addition, we expect that future regulations, and changes in the text or interpretation of existing regulations, may subject us to increasingly stringent standards.  Compliance with such requirements may make it necessary for us to retrofit existing facilities with additional pollution-control equipment, undertake new measures in connection with the storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of by-products and wastes or take other steps, which may be at a substantial cost to us.
(6)2009 Bonuses for Mr. McCabe and Mr. Svoboda were discretionary bonuses for 2009 equal to 50% of the amounts that would have been earned and paid under the 2009 STIP program.
 
 
9


 
Our Results of Operations May Be Negatively Affected by Variations in Interest Rates.
Our credit facilities include variable rate obligations, which expose usNarrative Disclosure to interest rate risks.  A one percent (1%) change in interest rates on our variable outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2010 would increase interest expense by approximately $1.0 million on an annual basis.
Our Earnings Could Decrease if There Is A Decline in Governmental Funding for Military Operations.
If, as a result of a loss of funding or a significant cut in federal budgets, spending on military projects were to be reduced significantly, our earnings and cash flows related to the Arlon EM segment could be negatively affected.
Potential Supply Constraints and Significant Price Fluctuations of Electricity, Natural Gas and Other Petroleum Based Products Could Adversely Affect Our Business.
In our production and distribution processes, we consume significant amounts of electricity, natural gas, fuel and other petroleum-based commodities, including adhesives and other products.  The availability and pricing of these commodities are subject to market forces that are beyond our control.  Our suppliers contract separately for the purchase of such commodities and our sources of supply could be interrupted should our suppliers not be able to obtain these materials due to higher demand or other factors interrupting their availability.  Variability in the supply and prices of these commodities could materially affect our operating results from period to period and rising costs could erode our profitability.
A Failure to Manage Industry Consolidation Could Negatively Impact Our Profitability.
Many of the industries within which we operate have experienced recent consolidations.  This trend tends to put more purchasing power in the hands of a few large customers who can dictate lower prices of our products.  Failure to effectively negotiate pricing agreements and implement on-going cost reduction projects can have a material negative impact on our profitability.
Our Future Success Depends Greatly Upon Attracting and Retaining Qualified Personnel.
A significant factor in our future profitability is our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified personnel.  Our success in attracting qualified personnel is affected by changing demographics of the available pool of workers with the training and skills necessary to fill the available positions, the impact on the labor supply due to general economic conditions, and our ability to offer competitive compensation and benefit packages.
Litigation Could Affect Our Profitability.Summary Compensation Table
 
The naturecompensation paid to the named executive officers includes salary, stock options, and non-equity incentive compensation.  In addition, each named executive officer is eligible to receive contributions to his 401(k) plan under our matching contribution program.
Base Compensation.  In each of 2010 and 2009, salaries and bonuses accounted for 95% and 94% of total compensation, respectively, on average, for our named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer.  Our Chief Executive Officer did not receive his annual salary, which he irrevocably waived effective January 1, 2009, or any bonus payments in 2009.  See “—Employment Agreements”).
On January 1, 2010, the Company reinstated the 5% salary reductions which had been implemented on January 4, 2009.  The 5% salary reductions had been implemented for annual salaries over $40,000 for all salaried employees, including all of the Company’s executive officers in furtherance of the Company’s ongoing efforts to lower its operating costs.  The Company also reinstated its employer contributions to 401(k) savings plans that had been suspended on January 4, 2009 for all employees not covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
Bonus Plan. Effective January 1, 2009 and 2010, respectively, the Compensation Committee of our businesses expose usBoard formally adopted the 2009 Bonus Plan (which was terminated effective December 31, 2009) and the 2010 Bonus Plan (together, the “Bonus Plans”) to various litigation mattersprovide incentives to officers and members of management of the Company and its subsidiaries, including product liability claims, employment, health and safety matters, environmental matters, regulatory and administrative proceedings.  We contest these matters vigorously and make insurance claims where appropriate.  However, litigation is inherently costly and unpredictable, making it difficult to accurately estimatecertain of the outcome of any litigation.  Although we make accruals as we believe warranted, the amounts that we accrue could vary significantly from any amounts we actually pay due to the inherent uncertaintiesCompany’s executive officers, in the estimation process. Asform of December 31, 2010, we have accrued approximately $6.1 millioncash bonus payments for environmental remediation costs but have not made any accrualsachieving certain performance goals established for other litigation matters.them.  Participants in the Bonus Plans who are named executive officers of the Company include Messrs. McCabe and Svoboda.
 
Our Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting May Not Be EffectiveThe Bonus Plans includes two components.  The first component is the Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”), and Our Independent Auditors May Not Be Ablethe second component is a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”).  The structure of the Bonus Plans is designed to Certify asprovide short-term incentives to Their Effectiveness, Which Could Have a Significantparticipants for achieving annual targets, while also motivating and Adverse Effect on Our Business and Reputation.rewarding eligible participants for achieving longer term growth goals.
 
We are subject toShort Term Incentive Plan.  The Compensation Committee has established two components for the requirementsSTIP, a return on invested capital (“ROIC”) based component and a component based on the achievement of Section 404pre-determined individual objectives.  The ROIC component is calculated by dividing pre-bonus earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“PBEBITDA”) by average invested capital (“AIC”).  The component based on the achievement of individual objectives is based on personal objectives set either by the Division President, President & Chief Executive Officer of H&H and Bairnco, the CEO of HNH or the Compensation Committee of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 andBoard for each participant.  Based on the rules and regulationsdetermination of the SEC thereunder (“Section 404”) asobjectives under the two components, the maximum percentage of December 31, 2010.  Section 404 requires usbase salary that may be earned by the participants ranges from 8% to report on the design and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.  In the past, our management has identified ‘‘material weaknesses’’ in our internal controls over financial reporting, which we believe have been remediated.  However, any failure to maintain or implement new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, and cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. We may also80%.  STIP bonuses earned will be required to incur costs to improve our internal control system and hire additional personnel.  This could negatively impact our results of operations.paid annually.  No STIP bonus will be paid if either component is below a predetermined threshold.
 
 
10

 
Section 404 also requires an independent registered public accounting firm to test
Long Term Incentive Plan.  The LTIP component of the internal controlsBonus Plans is based on a combination of the achievement of certain sales targets and ROIC targets over financial reporting and reportthe three fiscal years preceding the year the LTIP bonus is paid.  The sales target is based on the effectivenesscombined budgeted sales for the three fiscal years preceding the year the LTIP bonus is paid.  The ROIC is calculated using total PBEBITDA for the three year cycle and the AIC for these three years.  Based on the determination of such controlsthese objectives, the maximum percentage of base salary that may be earned by the participants ranges from 2% to 20%.  LTIP bonuses earned under the 2010 Bonus Plan will be paid following the conclusion of the 2012 fiscal year.  A bonus payout under the LTIP will not occur if either the ROIC or sales component is below 80% of the respective target.
Under the Bonus Plans, the target percentage of base salary (as base salary is defined in his employment agreement) that may be earned by Mr. Svoboda is 100% and the target percentage of base salary that may be earned by Mr. McCabe is 75%.
On July 17, 2009, the Compensation Committee of the Board adopted a policy that the Company (i) will not pay STIP/LTIP bonuses under the Bonus Plans if either H &H or Bairnco are or would be in default under their respective loan covenants, unless the Compensation Committee otherwise decides to pay a special bonus as permitted by the Bonus Plans and (ii) will not make a partial reversal but will reverse the entire accrual for all STIP and LTIP bonuses if a reversal of an accrual for STIP/LTIP bonuses under the Bonus Plans is required in order to permit either H&H or Bairnco to meet its respective loan covenants.  Following this policy directive, the Company reversed accruals under the 2009 Bonus Plan as of the end of the second quarter of 2009 thereby canceling the 2009 STIP and the 2007, 2008 and 2009 LTIP bonuses.

 On March 17, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved discretionary bonuses for 2009 equal to 50% of the amounts that would have been earned and paid under the 2009 STIP program.
Effective March 14, 2011, the Compensation Committee of our Board approved the grant of restricted stock awards under our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended (the “2007 Incentive Stock Plan”), to certain SEC registrants.executive officers, including a grant of 70,000 restricted shares to Mr. Svoboda and of 25,000 restricted shares to Mr. McCabe.  These grants were made in lieu of the LTIP component of the Company’s 2011 Bonus Plan for those individuals who received shares of restricted stock.  These restricted stock grants vested with respect to 25% of the award upon grant and will vest in equal annual installments over a three year period from the grant date with respect to the remaining 75% of the award.

Employment Agreements
Glen M. Kassan.  Glen M. Kassan was appointed Chief Executive Officer on October 7, 2005.  In 2006, the Compensation Committee approved a salary of $600,000 per annum for Mr. Kassan effective January 1, 2006.  There is an exemption for non-accelerated filers set forth in Section 989Gno employment agreement between the Company and Mr. Kassan regarding Mr. Kassan’s employment with the Company.   The $600,000 annual salary payable to Mr. Kassan with respect to the year ended December 31, 2009, which had been deferred effective January 1, 2009 (net of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform5% company-wide salary reduction), was irrevocably waived by Mr. Kassan and Consumer Protection Act.  In our case, our independent auditor, Grant Thornton LLP (“GT”)was not paid.  Mr. Kassan is not required to issue a report attesting to our internal controls over financial reporting since HNH qualifies under this exemption at this time.  However, if HNH becomes subject to the requirement for an audit of internal controls over financial reporting in the future, there can be no assurance that GT will issue an unqualified report attesting to our internal controls over financial reporting at such time.  As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements or our financial statements could change.
Risk Relating to Our Ownership Structure
Warren G. Lichtenstein, Our Chairman,Managing Director and Certain Other Officers and Directors, Through Their Affiliation with Steel Partners, Has the Ability to Exert Significant Influence Over Our Operations.
Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“SPH”) is the sole limitedoperating partner of Steel Partners, II, L.P.an affiliate of SP.  In each of 2011, 2010 and 2009, in lieu of paying Mr. Kassan’s annual salary, the Company was charged a management and services fee by SP in consideration for the services of Mr. Kassan and others.  See “Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
11


In March 2011, Mr. Kassan received a grant of 100,000 shares of restricted stock under our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan with respect to his service as a director, Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  See “—Director Compensation.”

James F. McCabe, Jr.  On February 1, 2007, James F. McCabe, Jr. entered into a one-year employment agreement with each of the Company and H&H, effective on March 1, 2007, and which, by the terms of the employment agreement, will automatically extend for successive one-year periods unless earlier terminated pursuant to its terms.  The employment agreement provides for an annual salary of no less than $300,000 and an annual bonus to be awarded at the Company’s sole discretion.  In addition, Mr. McCabe’s employment agreement provided for the grant of options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock upon the Company’s adoption of a stock option plan and registration of underlying shares by September 30, 2007, or alternatively 50,000 “phantom” options in lieu of such options if such a plan had not been adopted by such date.  The Company satisfied this obligation by granting Mr. McCabe an option to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock options on July 6, 2007 at an exercise price equal to $9.00, half of which were exercisable immediately, one-quarter of which became exercisable on July 7, 2008 and the balance of which became exercisable on July 6, 2009.  Effective November 24, 2008, the outstanding option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock granted pursuant to Mr. McCabe’s employment agreement was adjusted pursuant to the 2007 Incentive Stock Plan to reflect a 1-for-10 reverse split of the Company’s common stock effected November 2008 (the “Reverse Stock Split”) by reducing the number of shares issuable thereunder to 5,000 and by increasing the exercise price of such option to $90.00 per share.
In addition, pursuant to Mr. McCabe’s employment agreement, he is entitled to four weeks paid vacation, health insurance coverage (if and to the extent provided to all other employees of the Company), a car allowance of $600 per month, and life insurance, disability insurance and 401(k) benefits, if and to the extent provided to executives of either HNH or H&H.  Mr. McCabe was also entitled to a temporary living allowance of $3,400 per month through February 2009 under his employment agreement, and thereafter is receiving a monthly living and travel allowance of up to $3,400 per month.  Effective January 4, 2009, the Company amended its employment agreement with Mr. McCabe to permit the reduction of the annual salary payable thereunder by 5% in accordance with the company-wide salary reductions.  Certain technical amendments were also made to Mr. McCabe’s employment agreement, effective January 1, 2009, for the purpose of bringing the severance payment provisions of the employment agreement into compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and interpretive guidance issued thereunder (“SP II”Section 409A”).
12

Jeffrey A. Svoboda.  Effective January 28, 2008, Jeffrey A. Svoboda entered into an employment agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Svoboda agreed to become the President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H.  Mr. Svoboda was also appointed by the Board of the Company to serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bairnco, effective January 1, 2009, and as a Senior Vice President of the Company, effective March 1, 2009.  His employment agreement provides for an initial two-year term, which automatically extends for successive one-year periods unless earlier terminated pursuant to its terms.  The employment agreement also provides to Mr. Svoboda, among other things, (i) an annual salary of $500,000, (ii) an annual bonus with a target of 100% of base salary under the Company’s STIP and LTIP (as base salary is defined in his employment agreement); (iii) a grant of 100,000 options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2007 Incentive Stock Plan at an exercise price equal to $9.00, one-third of which vested on the grant date, one-third of which vested on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the final one-third of which vested on the second anniversary of the grant date; and (iv) other benefits.  As discussed above, effective November 24, 2008, the outstanding option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock granted pursuant to Mr. Svoboda’s employment agreement was adjusted pursuant to the 2007 Incentive Stock Plan to reflect the Reverse Stock Split by reducing the number of shares issuable thereunder to 10,000 and by increasing the exercise price of such option to $90.00 per share.  Effective January 4, 2009, the Company amended its employment agreement with Mr. Svoboda to permit the reduction of the annual salary payable thereunder by 5% in accordance with the company-wide salary reductions.  Certain technical amendments were also made to Mr. Svoboda’s employment agreement, effective January 1, 2009, for the purpose of bringing the severance payment provisions of the employment agreement into compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 409A.
See “— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” for further discussion on termination, retirement and change-in-control provisions of the employment agreements.
13

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2010.

  Option Awards 
Name 
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options  (#) Exercisable
 
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options  (#) Unexercisable
 
Option
Exercise Price ($)
 
Option
Expiration Date
 
(a) (b) (c) (e) (f) 
Glen M. Kassan
Chief Executive Officer
 -- -- -- -- 
James F. McCabe, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and President, Shared Services
 5,000 -- $ 90.00 July 6, 2015 
Jeffrey A. Svoboda
Senior Vice President of HNH and President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H and Bairnco
 10,000 -- $ 90.00 January 28, 2016 
Pension Benefits
The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan (the “WHX Pension Plan”), which provides benefits to certain current and former employees of the Company and its current and former subsidiaries, H&H, Bairnco and Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation.
In 2005, the WHX Pension Plan was amended to freeze benefit accruals for all hourly non-bargained and salaried H&H plan participants and to close the Plan to future entrants.  The only active employees who continued to receive benefit accruals were approximately 100 participants who are covered by collective bargaining agreements that provided for continued benefit accruals through March 2011.  In 2008, two Bairnco qualified pension plans for which the accrual of future benefits had been frozen in 2006 were merged into the WHX Pension Plan.
The WHX Pension Plan provides for annual benefits following normal retirement at various normal retirement ages, under a variety of benefit formulas depending on the covered group.  The bargained participants earn benefits under a service multiplier arrangement that varies based on collective bargaining agreements.  For all other participants, the frozen benefits are based on either multiplier arrangements for hourly-paid participants or a percentage of final average earnings formula for salaried participants.
The WHX Pension Plan provides for early retirement under a variety of eligibility rules pertinent to each covered group.  Early retirement benefits are the retirement income that would be applicable at normal retirement, reduced either by a fixed factor per month or on an actuarial equivalence basis, depending on the covered group.  The normal form of payment under the WHX Pension Plan also varies, but is a straight life annuity for most participants and a ten-year certain and life annuity for others.  The Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, a former subsidiary of the Company, bargained participants earn a straight life annuity under a 414(k) arrangement and had the option to take up to $10,000 of their defined contribution plan assets as a lump sum.  The ability of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation bargained participants to receive lump-sum distributions of their defined contribution plan assets is limited to 50% of the total value of their benefits, however, for so long as the WHX Pension Plan is deemed 20% or more underfunded.
14


None of the named executive officers are accruing benefits under the WHX Pension Plan, nor are we aware of any pension payments made during 2009 or 2010 for any of the Company’s named executive officers.  The valuation method and material assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of accumulated benefits are set forth in Note 7 to the Company’s 2010 Consolidated Financial Statements.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or a Change in Control
James F. McCabe, Jr.  In the event that the Company terminates Mr. McCabe’s employment agreement without cause or gives notice not to extend the term of the employment agreement, the Company will pay to Mr. McCabe, as aggregate compensation, (i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to one (1) year of the greater of his then current annual base salary or his base salary as of December 31, 2008, (ii) the continuation of certain health-related benefits for up to a twelve (12) month period following termination, (iii) any bonus payment that he is entitled to pursuant to any bonus plans as are then-in-effect and (iv) a car allowance for a one year period after termination.  Mr. McCabe will also receive the same compensation set forth in the preceding sentence if he terminates the employment agreement due to the material diminution of duties or the Company relocates more than 50 miles from the Company’s headquarters, as more specifically described in the employment agreement.
Jeffrey A. Svoboda.  In the event that H&H terminates Mr. Svoboda’s employment agreement without cause or gives notice not to extend the term of the employment agreement, H&H will pay to Mr. Svoboda, as aggregate compensation, (i) a lump-sum cash payment equal to the greater of the balance of his base salary due for the remaining term of his contract (as base salary is defined in his employment agreement) or one (1) year of the greater of his then current annual base salary or of his base salary as of December 31, 2008, (ii) the continuation of certain health-related benefits and (iii) a bonus payment equal to the cash portion of the most recent bonus paid to Mr. Svoboda.  Mr. Svoboda will also receive the same compensation set forth in the preceding sentence if he terminates the employment agreement due to the material diminution of duties or H&H relocates more than 50 miles from White Plains, NY, as more specifically described in the employment agreement.

Risk Assessment of the Company’s Compensation Policies

The Company’s compensation programs are discretionary, balanced and focused on the long term.  Goals and objectives of the Company’s compensation programs reflect a balanced mix of quantitative and qualitative performance measures to avoid excessive weight on a single performance measure.  The Company’s approach to compensation practices and policies applicable to employees throughout the Company is consistent with that followed for its executives and, accordingly, the Company believes that its compensation policies and practices do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
15


Director Compensation
The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation earned by or awarded to each director who served on the Board during the year ended December 31, 2010.
Name 
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
 
Option Awards
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)
 
Total
($)
(a) (b) (d) (g) (h)
Robert Frankfurt 108,133 -- -- 108,133
Jack L. Howard -- -- -- --
Glen M. Kassan -- -- -- --
Louis Klein, Jr. 110,821 -- -- 110,821
Warren G. Lichtenstein -- -- -- --
John H. McNamara, Jr. -- -- -- --
John J. Quicke(2)
 -- -- -- --
Garen W. Smith 108,988 -- -- 
108,988(1)
(1)In addition, Mr. Smith and his wife also receive medical benefits pursuant to an agreement entered into as of June 19, 2002 by and between the Company, Unimast and Mr. Smith in connection with the sale by the Company of Unimast, its then wholly-owned subsidiary, and the termination of Mr. Smith’s employment as President and Chief Executive Officer of Unimast.

(2)Mr. Quicke did not stand for re-election at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held on December 9, 2010.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Board adopted the following compensation schedule for non-employee directors:

Annual Retainer for Directors: $40,000 
Annual Retainer for Chairman: $90,000 
Board Meeting Fee: $1,500 
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Members: $7,500 
Annual Retainer for Audit Committee Chair: $10,000 
Audit Committee Meeting Fee: $1,000 
Annual Retainer for Compensation Committee Members: $6,000 
Annual Retainer for Compensation Committee Chair: $6,500 
Compensation Committee Meeting Fee: $1,000 
Annual Retainer for Nominating Committee Members: $5,000 
Annual Retainer for Nominating Committee Chair: $5,000 
Nominating Committee Meeting Fee: $1,000 
Special Committee Meeting Fee: $1,000 
16

Effective March 14, 2011, the Compensation Committee of the Board approved the grant of (a) 1,000 shares of restricted stock under our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan to each director, other than the Chairman and Vice Chairman, and (b) 100,000 shares of restricted stock under our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan to each of the Chairman and Vice Chairman.  These restricted stock grants will vest on the earlier of one year from the date of grant or upon the recipient ending his service as a director of the Company, subject to the terms thereof.

On July 6, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of the Company adopted certain arrangements (the “Arrangements”) for each of Warren G. Lichtenstein, the Chairman of the Board of the Company and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Steel Partners, the manager of SPII and SPH, and Glen Kassan, the Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board and Managing Director and operating partner of Steel Partners, to provide incentives for Messrs. Lichtenstein and Kassan.  The Arrangements provide, among other things, for each of Messrs. Lichtenstein and Kassan to receive a bonus equal to 10,000 multiplied by the difference of the market value of the Company’s stock price and $90.00, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Incentive Stock Plan to reflect the Reverse Stock Split.  The Arrangements are not based on specified targets or objectives other than the Company’s stock price.  The bonus is payable immediately upon the sending of a notice by Mr. Lichtenstein or Mr. Kassan, respectively.  The Arrangements terminate July 6, 2015, to the extent not previously received.  Effective January 1, 2009, certain technical amendments were made to the Arrangements for the purpose of bringing the Arrangements into compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 409A.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
The Company’s amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide for indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance
The Company currently maintains a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy that provides its directors and officers with liability coverage relating to certain potential liabilities.
17

Item 12.                      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table details information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and rights
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans (excluding
securities reflected in column (a))
  (a) (b) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 57,500 $90.00 1,142,500
       
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders -- -- --
       
Total: 57,500 $90.00 1,142,500
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The following table shows the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of April 25, 2011, held by:
·Each person who beneficially owns 5% or more of the shares of common stock then outstanding;

·Each of our directors;

·Each of our named executive officers;

·All of our directors and executive officers as a group.
18

The information in this table reflects “beneficial ownership” as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.  In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, if any, held by that person that were exercisable on April 25, 2011 or would be exercisable within 60 days following April 25, 2011 are considered outstanding.  Such shares, however, are not considered outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.  To our knowledge and unless otherwise indicated, each stockholder has sole voting power and investment power over the shares listed as beneficially owned by such stockholder, subject to community property laws where applicable.  Percentage ownership is based on 12,653,775 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 25, 2011.  Unless otherwise listed in the table below, the address of each such beneficial owner is c/o Handy & Harman Ltd., 1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite N222, White Plains, NY, 10604.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
 
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  
Percentage of
Class
 
Steel Partners II, L.P.  (1)
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
  6,384,805   50.5%
         
GAMCO Investors, Inc. (2)
One Corporate Center
Rye, New York 10580
  1,355,015   10.7%
         
Warren G. Lichtenstein (1)
  6,484,805   51.2%
         
Jack L.  Howard  (3)
  58,642   * 
         
Glen M.  Kassan (4)
  100,000   * 
         
Louis Klein, Jr. (5)
  28,000   * 
         
James F. McCabe, Jr. (6)
  32,826   * 
         
John H. McNamara, Jr. (7)
  1,500   * 
         
Robert Frankfurt (8)
  1,000   * 
         
Garen W.  Smith (9)
  3,415   * 
         
Jeffrey A. Svoboda (10)
  74,762   * 
         
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
(10 persons) (11)
  6,807,343   53.7%
 _______________
* less than 1%
19

(1)Based upon the Form 4 it filed on March 22, 2011, SPII directly owns 6,384,805 shares of the Company’s common stock.  SPH is the sole limited partner of SPII.  Steel Partners is the manager of SPII and SPH and Steel Partners has been delegated the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by SPII and SPH.  Warren G. Lichtenstein, the Company’s Chairman, is also the manager of Steel Partners.  By virtue of these relationships, each of SPH, Steel Partners and Mr. Lichtenstein may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by SPII.  Mr. Lichtenstein also directly owns 100,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Lichtenstein ending his service as a director of the Company.
 (2)Based upon Amendment No. 7 to Schedule 13D filed on January 24, 2011, a group including GAMCO Investors, Inc. beneficially owns 1,355,015 shares of common stock.
 (3)Consists of (a) 57,642 shares owned directly by EMH Howard, LLC (“EMH”) which may be deemed beneficially owned by Mr. Howard by virtue of his position as the managing member of EMH and (b) 1,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Howard ending his service as a director of the Company.  Mr. Howard disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by EMH except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(4)Consists of 100,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Kassan ending his service as a director of the Company.
(5)Includes (a) 1,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and (b) 1,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Klein  ending his service as a director of the Company.
(6)Includes (a) 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and (b) 22,826 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but remain unvested with respect to 75% of the award which will vest in equal annual installments over a three year period from March 14, 2011.
(7)Includes 1,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. McNamara  ending his service as a director of the Company.
(8)Consists of 1,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Frankfurt  ending his service as a director of the Company.
20

(9)Includes (a) 1,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and (b) 1,000 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but do not vest until the earlier of March 14, 2012 or upon Mr. Smith  ending his service as a director of the Company.
(10)Includes (a) 10,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and (b) 64,762 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but remain unvested with respect to 75% of the award which will vest in equal annual installments over a three year period from March 14, 2011.
(11)Includes (a) 11,002 shares of common stock, (b) 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and (c) 6,391 shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, which currently have voting rights but remain unvested with respect to 75% of the award which will vest in equal annual installments over a three year period from March 14, 2011, in each case held by an executive officer not specifically identified in the table.
Item 13.                      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
As of April 25, 2011, SPII is the direct owner of 6,325,2696,384,805 shares of the Company’s common stock, representing approximately 51.94%50.5% of the outstanding shares.   Steel Partners Holdings GP Inc. (the “General Partner”) is SPH’s General Partner.  SPH is the sole stockholderlimited partner of the General Partner.SPII.  Steel Partners LLC (“Steel Partners”) is the manager of SPII and SPH and SP II.Steel Partners has been delegated the power to vote and dispose of the securities held by SPII and SPH.  Warren G. Lichtenstein, ourthe Company’s Chairman, of the Board of Directors, is also the manager of Steel Partners and Chairman of the board of directors of the General Partner.  Mr. Lichtenstein, as the manager of Steel Partners, has investment and voting control over the shares beneficially owned by SP II and thus has the ability to exert significant influence over our policies and affairs and over the outcome of any action requiring a stockholder vote, including the election of our Board of Directors, the approval of amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and the approval of mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets.  The interests of Mr. Lichtenstein and Steel Partners in such matters may differ from the interests of our other stockholders in some respects.Partners.  In addition, employees and affiliates of Steel Partners hold positions with HNH, including Glen M. Kassan as Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman, John J. Quicke, as Vice President, and Jack L. Howard and John H. McNamara Jr., as directors.

Factors Affecting the Value
The Company paid a management and services fee to SP of our Common Stock
Transfer Restrictions Contained$1,950,000 and $950,000 for services performed in our Charter2010 and Other Factors Could Hinder the Development of an Active Market for our Common Stock.
There can be no assurance as2009, respectively, and, on March 10, 2011, a management and services fee to the volume of shares of our common stock or the degree of price volatility for our common stock traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market.  There are transfer restrictions contained in our charter to help preserve our net operating tax loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) that will generally prevent any person from acquiring amounts of our common stock such that such person would hold 5% or more of our common stock, for up to ten years after July 29, 2005, as specifically provided in our charter.  The transfer restrictions could hinder development of an active market for our common stock.
We Do Not Anticipate Paying Dividends on Our Common StockSP in the Foreseeable Future Which May Limit Investor Demand.
We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stockamount of $1,740,000 was approved for services to be performed in 2011.  The management and services fees paid to SP were approved by a special committee of the foreseeable future.  Such lackBoard, composed entirely of dividend prospects may haveindependent directors.  SP is an adverse impact on the market demand for our common stock as certain institutional investors may invest only in dividend-paying equity securities or may operate under other restrictions that may prohibit or limit their ability to invest in our common stock.
Future Offerings of our Equity Securities May Result in Dilution of our Common StockSteel Partners and a Reduction in the Price of our Common Stock.
We are authorized to issue 180,000,000 shares of common stock.  As of March 4, 2011, 12,178,565 shares of common stock are outstanding. In addition, we are authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  As of March 4, 2011, no shares of our preferred stock were outstanding.   Pursuant to our shelf registration statement on Form S-3 as declared effectiveis controlled by the SEC on June 29, 2009, we may issue from time to time, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions at the time we make the offer, up to an aggregate of  $25,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock or other securities, provided, however, that in the 12 calendar months prior to any issuance no more than one-thirdChairman of the aggregate market valueBoard of the common stock held by non-affiliates mayCompany, Warren G. Lichtenstein.  In each of 2009 and 2010 this fee was, and in 2011 this fee will be, offered thereunder.  Any future issuances of equity, whether pursuant to the shelf registration statement or otherwise, may be at prices below the market price of our stock, and our stockholders may suffer significant dilution.
Item 2.
Properties
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had 29 active operating plants in the United States, Canada, China, United Kingdom, Germany, France, and Mexico, with a total area of approximately 1,800,000 square feet, including warehouse, office and laboratory space.  The Company also owns or leases sales, service and warehouse facilities at 5 other locations in the United States which have a total area of approximately 175,000 square feet, and owns or leases 6 non-operating locations with a total area of approximately 456,000 square feet.  Manufacturing facilities are located in: Camden and Bear, Delaware; Evansville, Indiana; Agawam, Massachusetts; Middlesex, New Jersey; Canfield, Ohio; Rancho Cucamonga and Santa Ana, California; San Antonio, Texas; St. Louis, Missouri; Tulsa and Broken Arrow, Oklahoma; Cudahy, Wisconsin; Toronto and Montreal, Canada; Coahuila and Matamoros, Mexico; Gwent, Wales, United Kingdom; Pansdorf, Germany; Paris and Riberac, France; and Suzhou, People’s Republic of China.  All plants are owned exceptpaid as consideration for the Middlesex, Santa Ana, Rancho Cucamonga, San Antonio, Montreal, Paris, Coahuila and twoservices of Warren G. Lichtenstein, as Chairman of the Suzhou plants, which are leased.
Board, Glen M. Kassan, as Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman, John J. Quicke, as Vice President and, until December 2010, as director, and Jack L. Howard and John H. McNamara, Jr., both as directors, as well as other assistance from Steel Partners.  The Company considers its manufacturing plantsother services provided included management and service facilitiesadvisory services with respect to be well maintainedoperations, strategic planning, finance and efficiently equipped,accounting, sale and therefore suitable for the work being done.  The productive capacityacquisition activities and extent of utilization of its facilities is dependent in some cases on general business conditions and in other cases on the seasonalityaspects of the utilization of its products.  Capacity can be expanded at some locations.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Paul E. Dixon & Dennis C. Kelly v. Handy & Harman

Paul Dixon and Dennis Kelly, two former officers of H&H (the “Claimants”) filed a Statement of Claim with the American Arbitration Association (the “Arbitration”) on or about January 3, 2006.  The Claimants were employees of H&H until September 2005 when their employment was terminated by H&H.  Their arbitration claims included seeking payments allegedly due under employment contracts and allegedly arising from their terminations, and seeking recovery of benefits under what they allege was the H&H Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“H&H SERP”).  In the Arbitration, Claimants sought an award in excess of $4.0 million each, among other things.  On March 10, 2006, all of the parties filed a stipulation with the court, discontinuing the court proceeding and agreeing therein, among other things, that all claims asserted by the Claimants in the Arbitration (which was also discontinued at that time) would be asserted in Supreme Court, Westchester County.

In January 2008, Mr. Kelly filed a lawsuit against WHX, H&H and various benefit plans (the “Defendants”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Mr. Dixon did not join in this lawsuit, and his counsel has not indicated whether Mr. Dixon intends to file his own lawsuit.  Mr. Kelly’s claims in this lawsuit are essentially the same claims that he asserted in the above-described arbitration and request for benefits.  Mr. Kelly’s complaint sought approximately $4.0 million in money damages plus unspecified punitive damages.   In April 2009, the Defendants filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the case.  In an Opinion filed in February 2010, the district court granted Defendants’ motion for summary judgment, dismissed with prejudice Mr. Kelly’s claims under the H&H SERP and dismissed without prejudice Mr. Kelly’s state law breach of contract claim.  The district court also denied Mr. Kelly’s cross motion for summary judgment.  Mr. Kelly subsequently appealed to the United States Circuit Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) the dismissal of his claims related to the H&H SERP.  By Summary Order & Judgment filed on January 19, 2011, the Second Circuit affirmed the decision dismissing Mr. Kelly’s claims related to the H&H SERP.  Mr. Kelly retains the right to file a claim in state court on his breach of contract claim.  There can be no assurance that the Defendants will not have any liability on account of Mr. Kelly’s breach of contract claim.  Such liability, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flowbusinesses of the Company.
 

Arista Development LLC V. Handy & Harman Electronic Materials Corporation (“HHEM”)

In 2004, HHEM, a subsidiary of H&H, entered into an agreement to sell a commercial/industrial property in Massachusetts (the “MA Property”).  Disputes between the parties resulted in the purchaser (plaintiff) initiating litigation in Bristol Superior Court in Massachusetts.  The plaintiff alleges that HHEM is liable for breach of contract relating to HHEM’s alleged breach of the agreement, unfair and deceptive acts and practices, and certain consequential and treble damages as a result of HHEM’s termination of the agreement in 2005, although HHEM subsequently revoked its notice of termination.  HHEM has denied liability and has been vigorously defending the case.  The court entered a preliminary injunction enjoining HHEM from conveying the property to anyone other than the plaintiff during the pendency of the case.  Discovery on liability and damages has been stayed while the parties are actively engaged in settlement discussions.  Since discovery is not completed, it cannot be known at this time whether it is foreseeable or probable that plaintiff would prevail in the litigation or whether HHEM would have any liability to the plaintiff.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of HHEM.

Electroplating Technologies, Ltd. v. Sumco, Inc.

Electroplating Technologies, Ltd. (“ETL”) filed a lawsuit against Sumco, a subsidiary of H&H, in Lehigh, Pennsylvania County Court of Common Pleas.  ETL contended that Sumco misappropriated trade secrets and breached contractual obligations with respect to certain allegedly proprietary and confidential ETL information.  ETL sought damages in excess of $4.55 million.  In its pretrial filings, ETL also asserted a claim for $9.0 million in punitive damages.  In May 2009, after a ten day trial, the jury found that Sumco had not misappropriated ETL’s trade secrets.  However, the jury found that Sumco had breached a contractual obligation owed to ETL and as compensation for that breach of contract, awarded ETL the sum of $0.3 million.  Following the jury verdict, the court denied ETL’s equitable requests for an injunction and for an accounting.  In May 2009, Sumco filed a motion with the court for judgment notwithstanding the verdict to set aside the damage award.  Also in May 2009, ETL filed a motion with the court seeking (i) a new trial and (ii) a modified verdict in the amount of $2.3 million.  In an order docketed in September 2009, the court denied ETL’s motion for a new trial and to increase the jury’s verdict.  The court then granted Sumco’s motion for a judgment notwithstanding the verdict and overturned the jury’s May 2009 award of $0.3 million against Sumco for breach of contract.  ETL appealed to the Pennsylvania Superior Court.  In an opinion filed in September 2010, the Pennsylvania Superior Court reinstated the jury verdict against Sumco and denied plaintiff’s request for a new trial and additional damages.  On October 7, 2010, pursuant to a Settlement Agreement and Release entered into between Sumco and ETL, the parties agreed to forego any further appeal and bring the lawsuit to final resolution, with no admission of liability by either party.  The financial terms and conditions of the settlement agreement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

World Properties, Inc. et. al. v. Arlon, Inc.

In December 2008, World Properties, Inc. and Rogers Corporation (collectively, “Rogers”) filed a lawsuit against Arlon, Inc. (“Arlon”), a subsidiary of Bairnco, in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut.  The lawsuit alleged that Rogers is the exclusive licensee under U.S. Patent No. 5,552,210 and that Arlon’s TC600 circuit board infringed that patent.  In the complaint, Rogers demanded that Arlon cease the manufacture, sale and distribution of its TC600 circuit board and that the district court award unspecified damages to compensate Rogers for the alleged infringement.   In June 2009, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend its complaint in order to assert that a second Arlon product (AD 1000) infringed a second Rogers patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,384,181.   Also in June 2009, Arlon filed a motion for summary judgment seeking to dismiss all of plaintiffs’ patent infringement claims based upon the parties’ January 30, 1996 Asset Purchase Agreement (the “APA”).  In an order issued in October 2009, the district court granted Arlon’s motion for summary judgment and dismissed all of Rogers’ affirmative patent infringement claims.  In granting Arlon’s motion for summary judgment, the district court agreed with Arlon that Rogers’ claims of patent infringement were barred by a covenant not to sue contained in the APA.  Left to be resolved following the district court’s opinion were various counterclaims brought by Arlon against Rogers.  Pursuant to a Settlement Agreement and Release entered into between Arlon and Rogers on April 30, 2010, the parties agreed to resolve the remaining counterclaims, forego any appeal, and bring the lawsuit to final resolution, with no admission of liability by either party.  The financial terms and conditions of the settlement agreement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

Severstal Wheeling, Inc. Retirement Committee et. al. v. WPN Corporation et. al.

On November 15, 2010, the Severstal Wheeling, Inc. Retirement Committee (“Severstal”) filed a second amended complaint that added WHX Corporation as a defendant to litigation that Severstal had commenced in February 2010 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Severstal’s second amended complaint alleges that WHX breached fiduciary duties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) in connection with (i) the transfer in November 2008 of the pension plan assets  of Severstal Wheeling, Inc (“SWI”) from the WHX Pension Plan Trust to SWI’s pension trust and (ii) the subsequent management of SWI’s pension plan assets after their transfer.  In its second amended complaint, Severstal sought damages in an amount to be proved at trial as well as declaratory relief.  The Company believes that Severstal’s allegations are without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.  The Company filed a Motion to Dismiss on January 14, 2011, which was fully submitted to the Court on February 14, 2011.  The Company’s liability, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Company.
Environmental Matters

H&H has been working with the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (“CTDEP”) with respect to its obligations under a 1989 consent order that applies to a property in Connecticut that H&H sold in 2003 (“Sold Parcel”) and an adjacent parcel (“Adjacent Parcel”) that together with the Sold Parcel comprises the site of a former H&H manufacturing facility.  Remediation of all soil conditions on the Sold Parcel was completed on April 6, 2007, although H&H performed limited additional work on that site, solely in furtherance of now concluded settlement discussions between H&H and the purchaser of the Sold Parcel.  Although no groundwater remediation is required, there will be monitoring of the Sold Parcel site for several years.  On September 11, 2008, the CTDEP advised H&H that it had approved H&H’s Soil Action Remediation Action Report, dated December 28, 2007 as amended by an addendum letter dated July 15, 2008, thereby concluding the active remediation of the Sold Parcel. Approximately $29.0 million was expended through December 31, 2009, and the remaining remediation and monitoring costs for the Sold Parcel are expected to approximate $0.3 million.  H&H previously received reimbursement of $2.0 million from an insurance company under a cost-cap insurance policy and in January 2010, net of attorney’s fees, H&H received $1.034 million as the final settlement of H&H’s claim for additional insurance coverage relating to the Sold Parcel.  H&H also has been conducting an environmental investigation of the Adjacent Parcel, and is continuing the process of evaluating various options for its remediation of the Adjacent Parcel. Since the total remediation costs for the Adjacent Parcel cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of H&H.

HHEM entered into an administrative consent order (the “ACO”) in 1986 with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (“NJDEP”) with regard to certain property that it purchased in 1984 in New Jersey.  The ACO involves investigation and remediation activities to be performed with regard to soil and groundwater contamination.  HHEM and H&H settled a case brought by the local municipality in regard to this site in 1998 and also settled with certain of its insurance carriers.  HHEM is actively remediating the property and continuing to investigate effective methods for achieving compliance with the ACO.  A remedial investigation report was filed with the NJDEP in December 2007.  By letter dated December 12, 2008, NJDEP issued its approval with respect to additional investigation and remediation activities discussed in the December 2007 remedial investigation report.  HHEM anticipates entering into discussions with NJDEP to address that agency’s natural resource damage claims, the ultimate scope and cost of which cannot be estimated at this time.    Pursuant to a settlement agreement with the former owner/operator of the site, the responsibility for site investigation and remediation costs, as well as any other costs, as defined in the settlement agreement, related to or arising from environmental contamination on the property (collectively, “Costs”) are contractually allocated 75% to the former owner/operator (with separate guaranties by the two joint venture partners of the former owner/operator for 37.5% each) and 25% jointly to HHEM and H&H after the first $1.0 million.  The $1.0 million was paid solely by the former owner/operator.  As of December 31, 2010, over and above the $1.0 million, total investigation and remediation costs of approximately $1.6 million and $0.5 million have been expended by the former owner/operator and HHEM, respectively, in accordance with the settlement agreement.   Additionally, HHEM indirectly is currently being reimbursed through insurance coverage for a portion of the Costs for which HHEM is responsible.  HHEM believes that there is additional excess insurance coverage, which it intends to pursue as necessary. HHEM anticipates that there will be additional remediation expenses to be incurred once a remediation plan is agreed upon with NJDEP, and there is no assurance that the former owner/operator or guarantors will continue to timely reimburse HHEM for expenditures and/or will be financially capable of fulfilling their obligations under the settlement agreement and the guaranties.  The additional Costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of HHEM.

Certain subsidiaries of H&H Group have been identified as potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) or similar state statutes at several sites and are parties to administrative consent orders in connection with certain other properties.  Those subsidiaries may be subject to joint and several liabilities imposed by CERCLA on PRPs.  Due to the technical and regulatory complexity of remedial activities and the difficulties attendant in identifying PRPs and allocating or determining liability among them, the subsidiaries are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of compliance with such laws.

H&H received a notice letter from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) in August 2006 formally naming H&H as a PRP at a superfund site in Massachusetts (the “Superfund site”).  H&H is part of a group of thirteen (13) other PRPs (the “PRP Group”) to work cooperatively regarding remediation of the Superfund site.  H&H executed a participation agreement, consent decree and settlement trust on June 13, 2008 and all of the other PRP’s have signed as well.  In December 2008, the EPA lodged the consent decree with the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts and the consent decree was entered, after no comments were received during the thirty-day comment period on January 27, 2009.  With the entry and filing of the consent decree, H&H was required to make two payments in 2009: one payment of $182,053 relating to the “true-up” of monies previously expended for remediation and a payment of $308,380 for H&H’s share of the early action items for the remediation project. In addition, on March 11, 2009, WHX executed a financial guaranty of H&H’s obligations in connection with the Superfund site. The PRP Group has both chemical and radiological PRPs.  H&H is a chemical PRP; not a radiological PRP.  The remediation of radiological contamination at the site, under the direction of the Department of Energy (“DOE”), has begun but is not expected to be completed until the Fall of 2011 at the earliest, and it may be delayed even further due to inadequate funding in the federal program financing the DOE work.  Additional financial contributions will be required by the PRP Group when it starts its work upon completion of the DOE’s radiological remediation work.   H&H has recorded a significant liability in connection with this matter.  There can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of H&H.

HHEM is continuing to comply with a 1987 consent order from the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (“MADEP”) to investigate and remediate the soil and groundwater conditions at the MA Property that is the subject of the Arista Development litigation discussed above.  On January 20, 2009, HHEM filed with MADEP a partial Class A-3 Response Action Outcome Statement (“RAO-P”) and an Activity & Use Limitation (“AUL”) for the MA Property.  By letter dated March 24, 2009, MADEP advised HHEM that the RAO-P did not require a comprehensive audit.  By letter dated April 16, 2009, the MADEP advised HHEM that a MADEP AUL Audit Inspection conducted on March 18, 2009 did not identify any violations of the requirements applicable to the AUL.  Together, the March 24 and April 16 MADEP letters, combined with HHEM’s Licensed Site Professional’s partial RAO opinion constitute confirmation of the adequacy of HHEM’s investigation of the MA Property as well as its remediation and post closure monitoring plans.   The Massachusetts Attorney General, executed a covenant not to sue (“CNTS”) to cover the MA Property on March 31, 2010.  Following the execution of the CNTS, HHEM filed a Remedy Operation Status (“ROS”) on April 1, 2010.  On June 30, 2010, HHEM filed a Class A-3 RAO to close the site since HHEM’s Licensed Site Professional concluded that groundwater monitoring demonstrated that the remediation has stabilized the conditions at the site.  In addition, HHEM has concluded settlement discussions with abutters of the MA Property and entered into settlement agreements with each of them.  Therefore, HHEM does not expect that any claims from any additional abutters will be asserted, but there can be no such assurances.

As discussed above, certain subsidiaries of H&H Group have existing and contingent liabilities relating to environmental matters, including capital expenditures, costs of remediation and potential fines and penalties relating to possible violations of national and state environmental laws.  Those subsidiaries have substantial remediation expenses on an ongoing basis, although such costs are continually being readjusted based upon the emergence of new techniques and alternative methods.  The Company had approximately $6.1million accrued related to estimated environmental remediation costs as of December 31, 2010.  In addition, the Company has insurance coverage available for several of these matters and believes that excess insurance coverage may be available as well. 

Based upon information currently available, including prior capital expenditures, anticipated capital expenditures, and information available on pending judicial and administrative proceedings, the H&H Group subsidiaries do not expect their respective environmental costs, including the incurrence of additional fines and penalties, if any, relating to the operation of their respective facilities to have a material adverse effect on them, but there can be no such assurances that the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on their financial positions, results of operations and cash flows.  The Company anticipates that the H&H Group subsidiaries will pay such amounts out of their respective working capital, although there is no assurance that they will have sufficient funds to pay such amounts.  In the event that the H&H Group subsidiaries are unable to fund their liabilities, claims could be made against their respective parent companies, including H&H Group and/or HNH, for payment of such liabilities.

Other Litigation

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are defendants (“Subsidiary Defendants”) in numerous cases pending in a variety of jurisdictions relating to welding emissions.  Generally, the factual underpinning of the plaintiffs’ claims is that the use of welding products for their ordinary and intended purposes in the welding process causes emissions of fumes that contain manganese, which is toxic to the human central nervous system.  The plaintiffs assert that they were over-exposed to welding fumes emitted by welding products manufactured and supplied by the Subsidiary Defendants and other co-defendants.  The Subsidiary Defendants deny any liability and are defending these actions.  It is not possible to reasonably estimate the Subsidiary Defendants’ exposure or share, if any, of the liability at this time.

In addition to the foregoing cases, there are a number of other product liability, exposure, accident, casualty and other claims against HNH or certain of its subsidiaries in connection with a variety of products sold by such subsidiaries over several years, as well as litigation related to employment matters, contract matters, sales and purchase transactions and general liability claims, many of which arise in the ordinary course of business. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the Company’s exposure or share, if any, of the liability at this time in any of these matters.  On August 20, 2010, the company’s insurance company settled a previously disclosed state court lawsuit arising out of H&H’s sale of a used piece of equipment which allegedly caused a fire resulting in property damage and interruption of a third party’s business operations after the company had exhausted its self insured retention for the lawsuit.  

There is insurance coverage available for many of the foregoing actions, which are being litigated in a variety of jurisdictions.  To date, HNH and its subsidiaries have not incurred and do not believe they will incur any significant liability with respect to these claims, which they are contesting vigorously in most cases.  However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such litigation and claims could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows when they are resolved in future periods.

Pension Plan Contingency

In July 2003, the Company entered into a settlement agreement among the PBGC, HNH and several other parties (“Termination Litigation”), in which the PBGC was seeking to terminate the WHX Pension Plan.  Under the settlement, HNH agreed among other things that HNH will not contest a future action by the PBGC to terminate the WHX Pension Plan in connection with a future facility shutdown of a facility of HNH's former Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation subsidiary, which subsidiary was wholly owned until August 1, 2003.  In the event that such a plan termination occurs, the PBGC has agreed to release HNH from any claims relating to any such shutdown. However, there may be PBGC claims related to unfunded liabilities that may exist as a result of any such termination of the WHX Pension Plan.

Item 4.
(Removed and Reserved)

PART II
Item 5.
Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Security Holder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Price of Our Common Stock
The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “HNH.”  Effective upon the opening of trading on January 3, 2010, the trading symbol of the Company on the NASDAQ Capital Market was changed to “HNH” from “WXCO”.  The price range per share reflected in the table below is the highest and lowest per share sales price for our stock as reported by the NASDAQ Capital Market during each quarter of the two most recent years.
2010
 
HIGH
  
LOW
 
First Quarter $2.60  $2.02 
Second Quarter $4.99  $2.57 
Third Quarter $9.48  $3.90 
Fourth Quarter $13.05  $9.85 

2009
 
HIGH
  
LOW
 
First Quarter $8.03  $3.00 
Second Quarter $6.40  $2.50 
Third Quarter $3.00  $1.12 
Fourth Quarter $2.60  $1.10 

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of March 4, 2011 was 12,178,565.  As of March 4, 2011, there were approximately 15 holders of record of common stock.  As of March 4, 2011, the closing price per share of our common stock was $12.21.
Dividend Policy
The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividend on its common stock.  The Company intends to retain any future earnings and does not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.  H&H Group is restricted by the terms of its financing agreements from making dividends to HNH.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table details information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category
 
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
  
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
  
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in first column)
 
          
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  57,500  $90.00   1,142,500 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  --   --   -- 
Total:  57,500  $90.00   1,142,500 


Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Results of Operations
HNH, the parent company, manages a group of businesses on a decentralized basis.  HNH owns H&H Group, which owns H&H and Bairnco. HNH is a diversified holding company whose strategic business units encompass the following segments: Precious Metal, Tubing, Engineered Materials, Arlon Electronic Materials, and Kasco Blades and Route Repair Services.  The Arlon Coated Materials segment has been classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying financial statements, and is not included in the table below. HNH principally operates in North America.

HNH Business System
The HNH Business System is at the heart of the operational improvement methodologies for all HNH operations and employees. Strategy Deployment forms the roof of the HNH Business System and serves to convert strategic plans into tangible actions ensuring alignment of goals throughout each of our businesses. The pillars of the HNH Business System are the key performance indicators used to monitor and drive improvement.  The steps of the HNH Business System are the specific tool areas that drive the key performance indicators and overall performance.  HNH utilizes Lean tools and philosophies to reduce and eliminate waste coupled with the Six Sigma tools targeted at variation reduction.  The HNH Business System is a proven, holistic approach to increasing shareholder value and achieving long term, sustainable and profitable growth.
Segments
·Precious Metal segment fabricates precious metal and their alloys into brazing alloys which are used to join similar and dissimilar metals, as well as specialty metals and some ceramics, with strong, hermetic joints.  H&H offers these metal joining products in a wide variety of alloys.  These brazing alloys are fabricated into a variety of engineered forms and are used in many industries including electrical, appliance, transportation, construction, and general industrial, where dissimilar material and metal-joining applications are required. 

·Tubing segment manufactures a wide variety of steel tubing products. Small-diameter tubing fabricated from stainless steel, nickel alloy and carbon and alloy steel is produced in many sizes and shapes to critical specifications for use in the appliance, refrigeration, petrochemical, transportation, semiconductor, aircraft and instrumentation industries. Additionally, tubular products are manufactured for the medical industry for use in surgical devices and instrumentation.

·Engineered Materials segment manufactures and supplies products to the construction and building industries. Engineered Materials segment also manufactures fasteners and fastening systems for the U.S. commercial flat roofing industry.  Products are sold to building and roofing material wholesalers and are also private labeled to roofing system manufacturers. A line of specialty fasteners is produced for the building products industry for fastening applications in the construction and remodeling of homes, decking and landscaping.  Engineered Materials segment also manufactures plastic and steel fittings and connectors for natural gas and water distribution service lines along with exothermic welding products for electrical grounding, cathodic protection, and lightning protection.   In addition, Engineered Materials segment also  manufactures electro-galvanized and painted cold rolled sheet steel products primarily for the construction, entry door, container and appliance industries.
·Arlon EM segment designs, manufactures, markets and sells high performance laminate materials and silicone rubber products utilized in the military/aerospace, wireless communications, transportation, energy generation, oil drilling, general industrial, electricity generation, lighting, and semiconductor markets.  Among the products included in the Arlon EM segment are high technology laminates and bonding materials used in the manufacture of printed circuit boards and silicone rubber products such as electrically insulating tapes and thermally conductive materials.

·Kasco segment is a provider of meat-room blade products, repair services, and resale products for the meat and deli departments of supermarkets; for restaurants; for meat and fish processing plants; and for distributors of electrical saws and cutting equipment throughout North America, Europe, Asia and South America.  Kasco is also a provider of wood cutting blade products for the pallet manufacturing, pallet recycler, and portable saw mill industries in North America.  These products and services include band saw blades for cutting meat and fish, band saw blades for cutting wood and metal, grinder plates and knives for grinding and cutting meat, repair and maintenance services for food equipment in retail grocery and restaurant operations, electrical saws and cutting machines, seasoning products, and other related butcher supply products.

The following table presents information about HNH’s segments. In addition to the table below, please refer to the consolidated financial statements of HNH as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 to which the following discussion and analysis applies.  See “Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.
Statement of operations data: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009  Inc(decr)  % chg 
             
Net Sales:            
Precious Metal $128,360  $85,972  $42,388   49.3%
Tubing  94,558   75,198   19,360   25.7%
Engineered Materials  221,075   191,709   29,367   15.3%
Arlon Electronic Materials  75,398   60,145   15,253   25.4%
Kasco  62,124   61,067   1,056   1.7%
Total net sales $581,515  $474,091  $107,424   22.7%
                 
Segment operating income:                
Precious Metal (a)  14,455   5,490   8,965   163.3%
Tubing (b)  13,361   4,746   8,615   181.5%
Engineered Materials  20,911   16,903   4,008   23.7%
Arlon Electronic Materials ( c)  8,808   4,338   4,470   103.0%
Kasco (d)  1,354   2,849   (1,495)  -52.5%
Total $58,889  $34,326  $24,563   71.6%
                 
Unallocated corporate expenses & non operating units  (14,241)  (13,547)  (694)  5.1%
Income from proceeds of insurance claims, net  -   4,035   (4,035)  -100.0%
Unallocated pension expense  (4,349)  (14,013)  9,664   -69.0%
Corporate restructuring costs  -   (636)  636   -100.0%
Asset impairment charge  -   (1,158)  1,158   -100.0%
Loss on disposal of assets  (44)  (132)  88   -66.7%
Income from continuing operations $40,255  $8,875  $31,380   353.6%
(a)  Segment operating income for the Precious Metal segment for 2009 includes restructuring charges of $0.4 million relating to the closure of a facility in New Hampshire. The results for the Precious Metal segment for 2010 and 2009 include gains of $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, resulting from the liquidation of precious metal inventory valued at last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) cost.

(b)  Segment operating income for the Tubing segment for 2010 includes a gain of $1.3 million related to insurance proceeds from a fire claim settlement.  Segment operating income for the Tubing segment for 2009 includes a non-cash asset impairment charge of $0.9 million to write-down to fair value certain equipment formerly used in the manufacture of a discontinued product line.

(c)  Segment operating results for the Arlon EM segment for 2009 includes a $1.1 million goodwill impairment charge recorded to adjust the carrying value of one of the Arlon EM segment’s reporting units to its estimated fair value.

(d)  Segment operating income for the Kasco segment for both 2010 and 2009 includes $0.5 million of costs related to restructuring activities and $1.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of asset impairment charges associated with certain real property located in Atlanta, Georgia.
2010 Compared to 2009
Overview
Demand for the Company’s products and services increased in 2010 as compared to  2009 resulting in 22.7% year-over-year net sales growth.  The growth in net sales was due in part to strengthening in the markets served by the Company that began in the fourth quarter of 2009. All of the Company’s segments experienced improvements in income from continuing operations, which for 2010 was $58.9 million compared to $34.3 million for 2009.  Improved income from continuing operations was primarily a result of $107.4 million higher sales from all segments.  Gross margin percentage improved by 1.9% from 24.9% to 26.8% and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) costs as a percentage of sales were 18.9% of net sales compared to 19.7% last year. The 2010 income from continuing operations before tax included non-cash pension expense of $4.3 million, compared to non-cash pension expense of $14.1 million for 2009.  Other factors affecting comparability between the periods were the following: during 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $1.6 million based on a valuation of land, building and houses owned by its Kasco segment located in Atlanta, Georgia, as compared to non-cash asset impairment charges totaling $3.0 million for 2009; restructuring charges were $0.5 million during 2010, compared to $1.6 million for the same period of 2009; the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $1.1 million related to its Silicone Technology Division (STD) in 2009; realized and unrealized losses on derivatives were $6.0 million in 2010 compared to $0.8 million in 2009; and finally, the Company recorded a gain of $1.3 million related to insurance claim proceeds in 2010 compared to a gain of $4.0 million related to insurance claim proceeds in 2009.

We continue to seek opportunities to gain market share in markets we currently serve, expand into new markets and develop new products in order to increase demand as well as broaden our sales base.  We expect that the continuing application of the HNH Business System and other cost containment measures will result in a more efficient infrastructure that will continue to positively impact our productivity and profitability.
Comparison of Twelve Months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

The operating results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized in the following table.  In addition, please refer to the consolidated financial statements of HNH as of and for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
(in thousands) Twelve Months Ended 
  December 31, 
  2010  2009 
 Net sales $581,515  $474,091 
 Gross profit  155,563   118,232 
 Income from continuing operations  40,255   8,875 
 Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax  7,777   (17,567)
 Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax  4,501   (17,070)
Discontinued operations:        
   Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  499   (6,003)
   Gain on disposal of fixed assets, net of tax  90   1,832 
 Net income (loss) from discontinued operations  589   (4,171)
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)

Net sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 increased by $107.4 million, or 22.7%, to $581.5 million, as compared to $474.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  The higher sales volume across all segments was primarily driven by higher demand resulting from the improvement in the world-wide economy.

Gross profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 increased to $155.6 million as compared to $118.2 million for the same period of 2009. Gross profit margin for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 improved to 26.8% as compared to 24.9% during the same period of 2009, with improvement in all segments.  Greater absorption of fixed manufacturing costs due to a higher volume of production, more profitable product mix, and greater manufacturing efficiencies were the primary drivers that contributed to improved gross profit margin.

SG&A expenses were $16.6 million higher for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period of 2009, reflecting higher variable costs plus the reinstatement of certain employee compensation costs.  The 2009 period reflected the suspension of these programs as well as a reduction in accruals related to incentive pay.  The Company recorded $0.6 million of environmental remediation expense in 2010 compared to $0.1 million in 2009.  SG&A as a percentage of net sales was 18.9% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 as compared to 19.7% for the same period of 2009.
A non-cash pension expense of $4.3 million was recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, compared to $14.1 million of non-cash pension expense for the same period of 2009. The non-cash pension expense in 2010 and 2009 primarily represented actuarial loss amortization.  Such actuarial loss occurred principally because investment return on the assets of the WHX Pension Plan during 2008 was significantly less than the assumed return of 8.5%. However, investment returns on the plan assets exceeded the assumed return in 2009, thereby reducing the amount of the actuarial loss and its amortization in 2010 as compared to 2009.  The amortization period applied to the unrecognized actuarial gains or losses of the WHX Pension Plan is the average future service years of active participants, approximately 10 years.  We currently expect pension expense to be approximately $4.5 million in 2011.
Actuarial gains and losses affect plan assets and liabilities, and therefore, the unfunded pension liability that is recorded on the Company’s balance sheet at year-end.  Such actuarial gains and losses affect both current year income, as described above, and other comprehensive income for the year.  During 2010, the Company recorded a net other comprehensive loss of $16.2 million which was comprised of a $25.2 million actuarial loss that occurred in 2010 partially offset by $9.0 million of amortization of prior year accumulated actuarial losses that were expensed through  the 2010 income statement.  In 2009, the Company recorded $44.0 million of net comprehensive income, which was comprised of a $30.7 million actuarial gain that occurred in 2009 and $13.3 million amortization of accumulated actuarial losses that were expensed through the 2009 income statement.  The remaining pre-tax amount that is recorded on the balance sheet in accumulated comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2010 is an accumulated loss of $143.1 million which will be amortized over approximately 10 years through the income statement. Actuarial gains experienced in future years will help reduce the effect of the actuarial loss amortization. The Company expects that $9.5 million of such accumulated actuarial loss will be recognized in the income statement in 2011, but the amount of any actuarial gain or loss arising in 2011 is not known at this time but will affect the comprehensive income or loss recorded in 2011.

A non-cash asset impairmentOn March 10, 2011, a special committee of the Board, composed entirely of independent directors, approved a sub-lease of office space from an affiliate of Steel Partners for an estimated aggregate occupancy charge of $1.6 million was recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  Duringapproximately $425,000 per year.

In 2010 Kasco completed a restructuring plan to move its Atlanta, Georgia operation to an existing facility in Mexico.  As a result, the Company performed a valuation of its land, building and houses located in Atlanta.  The impairment represents the difference between the assets’ book value and fair market value as a result of the declining real estate market in the area where the properties are located. The Company recorded non-cash asset impairment charges totaling $3.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  These charges included a $0.9 million non-cash impairment related to certain manufacturing equipment located at one of the Company’s Tubing facilities; a non-cash impairment charge of $1.1 million related to an investment accounted for under the equity method; and a $1.0 million impairment charge related principally to property located in North Attleboro, Massachusetts which resulted from the deterioration of the real estate market. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the Company evaluated the goodwill of its Silicone Technology reporting unit (STD) in light of deterioration of its profitabilityprovided certain accounting services to SPH, and forecasted future operating income.  As a result of the Company’s evaluation, a non-cash impairment charge of $1.1 million was recognized in 2009continues to write down the goodwill.

Restructuring expenses of $0.5 million related to Kasco’s restructuring project as mentioned above were recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The restructuring costs incurred were primarily related to severance and moving costs.  Restructuring costs of $1.6 million were recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 primarily related to consolidation of corporate offices and manufacturing facilities along with workforce reduction at EuroKasco in France.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded a gain of $1.3 million from insurance proceeds related to a loss from a fire that occurred at its Indiana Tube Mexico location.  In 2009, the Company recorded income totaling $4.0 million from the settlement of insurance claims. In one matter, H&H reached a settlement agreement withprovide certain accounting services on an insurer for reimbursement of $3.0 million in connection with five sites where H&H and/or its subsidiaries had incurred environmental remediation expenses.  In another matter, H&H accrued a settlement reached with an insurance company related to an environmental site, and in January 2010, H&H received $1.0 million as the final settlement.

Income from continuing operations was $40.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $8.9 million for the same period of 2009. The higher income from continuing operations in the 2010 period was principally driven by increased sales and gross profit in all of the Company’s segments along with the lower non-cash pension expense of $9.7 million, $1.1 million lower restructuring costs, and $2.5 million lower impairment charges comparing the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 with the same period of 2009.  Partially offsetting these items, there was a $2.7 million lower gain from insurance proceeds in the 2010 period as compared to the same period of 2009.

Interest expense was $26.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, compared to $25.8 million in the same period of 2009.  The increase was primarily due to interest compounding on related-party debt for which the interest was not paid in cash, which was partially offset by lower interest rates during the fourth quarter of 2010 as a result of the Company’s debt refinancing.  A loss on debt extinguishment of $1.2 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2010 in connection with the October 15, 2010 refinancing of the Company’s credit agreements. The loss on debt extinguishment consists of financing fees paid by the Company in connection with amendments to the extinguished debt.
Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives were $6.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to $0.8 million in the same period of 2009. The higher loss was primarily driven by much higher silver prices during 2010 as compared to the same period of the prior year. The derivative financial instruments utilized by H&H are precious metal forward and future contracts which are used to economically hedge H&H’s precious metal inventory against price fluctuations. The trend in the market price of silver could significantly affect the income from continuing operations of the Company.  If there is a material increase in silver prices, it could reasonably be expected to cause a loss on H&H’s open silver derivatives contracts.  Based on the average daily amount of ounces of silver that H&H hedged in 2010, a change of $1.00 per troy ounce of silver would increase or decrease the derivative loss by $0.4 million. The market price of silver on December 31, 2010 was $30.92.  In addition, as described below (see “Debt”), the Company’s Subordinated Notes have embedded call premiums and warrants associated with them.ongoing basis.  The Company has treated the fair valuebilled SPH $550,000 and $91,000 on account of these features together as both a discount on the debt and a derivative liability at inception of the loan agreement, valued at $4.7 million. The discount is being amortized over the 7-year life of the notes as an adjustment to interest expense, and the derivative liability is marked to market at each balance sheet date. The market price of HNH’s stock is a significant factor that influences the valuation of the derivative liability.  As of December 31, 2010, a mark to market adjustment of $0.4 million was charged to unrealized losses on derivatives, increasing the fair value of the derivative liability to $5.1 million.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, a tax expense of $3.3 million was recorded, principally for state and foreign income taxes compared to $0.5 million tax benefit for the same period of 2009.  No significant federal income tax provision or benefit has been recognizedservices provided in either period due to the effect of the Company’s deferred tax valuation allowance, which reflects the uncertainty of realizing the benefit of the Company’s NOLs in the future. The Company has recorded a deferred tax valuation allowance to the extent that it believes that it is more likely than not that the benefits of its deferred tax assets, including those relating to its net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), will not be fully realized in future periods. The twelve months ended December 31, 2009 reflects a favorable impact of $0.5 million which resulted from a change in the effective tax rate at which the deferred state income taxes of certain subsidiaries are estimated to be realized.

On February 4, 2011, Arlon LLC (“Arlon”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HNH, sold substantially all of its assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of California related to its Adhesive Film Division for an aggregate sale price of $27.0 million.  Net proceeds of approximately $24.2 million from this sale were used to repay indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities.  A gain on the sale of these assets of approximately $12.0 million will be recorded in the first quarter of 2011.
On February 4, 2011, Arlon and its subsidiaries sold an option for the sale of all of their assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of Texas related to Arlon’s Engineered Coated Products Division and SignTech subsidiary for an aggregate sale price of $2.5 million (including the option price). Upon closing of the potential transaction, the Company expects to record a loss of approximately $4.0 million on the sale of these assets in the first quarter of 2011. In addition, Arlon granted an option for the sale of a coater machine to the same purchaser for a price of $0.5 million.  The parties subsequently agreed to extend the exercise date of the two options and they are now each exercisable between March 14, 2011 and March 18, 2011. The net proceeds from any such sales are expected to be used to repay indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities. 
The businesses described in the previous two paragraphs formerly comprised the Arlon CM segment.  Their results for 2010 and 2009, along with the Indiana Tube Denmark (“ITD”) and Sumco subsidiaries in 2009, are classified as discontinued operations on the consolidated income statements.  Discontinued operations generated aggregate net income of $0.6 million during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. For 2009, the discontinued operations had aggregate losses from their operations of $6.0 million, partially offset by a gain of $1.8 million on asset sales of ITD.
Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 was $5.1 million, or $0.42 income per share, compared to a net loss of $21.2 million, or $1.74 loss per share, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.
Segment sales and operating income data for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are shown in the following table (in thousands):
Statement of operations data: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009  Inc(decr)  % Change 
             
Net Sales:            
Precious Metal $128,360  $85,972  $42,388   49.3%
Tubing  94,558   75,198   19,360   25.7%
Engineered Materials  221,075   191,709   29,367   15.3%
Arlon Electronic Materials  75,398   60,145   15,253   25.4%
Kasco  62,124   61,067   1,057   1.7%
Total net sales $581,515  $474,091  $107,425   22.7%
                 
Segment operating income:                
Precious Metal $14,455  $5,490  $8,965   163.3%
Tubing  13,361   4,746   8,615   181.5%
Engineered Materials  20,911   16,903   4,008   23.7%
Arlon Electronic Materials  8,808   4,338   4,470   103.0%
Kasco  1,354   2,849   (1,495)  -52.5%
Total segment operating income $58,889  $34,326  $24,563   71.6%
The comments that follow compare revenues and operating income by segment for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Precious Metal
The Precious Metal segment net sales increased by $42.4 million, or 49.3%, to $128.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $86.0 million in 2009.  The increased sales were primarily driven by higher volume in all of its markets, particularly sales to the commercial construction and electrical markets in 2010 compared to 2009.  Higher sales were also driven by the impact of a 37.0% increase in the average market price of silver  in 2010 ($20.16 per troy oz.) as compared to 2009 ($14.72 per troy oz).respectively.

Segment operating income increased by $9.0 million from $5.5 million in 2009 to $14.5 million in 2010.  The increase was primarily driven by higher sales volume.  The Precious Metal segment gross profit margin improved in 2010  as compared to the same period of 2009 primarily due to favorable manufacturing overhead absorption.  The Precious Metal segment recorded a favorable non-cash LIFO liquidation gain of $0.2 million in  2010 compared to a gain of $0.6 million in the same period of 2009.  In 2009, the Precious Metal segment recorded restructuring charges of $0.4 million related to closure of a facility in New Hampshire and the relocation of the functions to its facility in Milwaukee.

Tubing

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, the Tubing segment sales increased by $19.4 million, or 25.7%, to $94.6 million, as compared to $75.2 million in 2009, resulting primarily from higher sales to refrigeration, automotive, and HVAC markets serviced by the Specialty Tubing Group along with strong sales from petrochemical and precision material markets serviced by the Stainless Steel Tubing Group, which was partially offset by weakness in sales to medical markets within that group.

Segment operating income increased by $8.6 million on the higher sales, to $13.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $4.8 million for 2009, positively impacted by higher gross profit from the higher sales volume, favorable manufacturing overhead absorption, and product mix. The Tubing segment also recorded a gain of $1.3 million from insurance proceeds related to a loss from a fire that occurred at its Indiana Tube Mexico location.  In addition, the Tubing segment recorded a non-cash asset impairment charge of $0.9 million in 2009 related to certain manufacturing equipment located at one of its facilities.

Engineered Materials

The Engineered Materials segment sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 increased by $29.4 million, or 15.3%, to $221.1 million, as compared to $191.7 million in 2009. The incremental sales were primarily driven by higher volume of commercial roofing and branded fasteners.  Sales of electro-galvanized rolled sheet steel, electrical and gas connector products also improved in 2010.

Segment operating income increased by $4.0 million to $20.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $16.9 million for 2009.  The increase in operating income was principally the result of the higher sales volume, better product mix, along with improved gross margin percentage from efficiencies in manufacturing.

Arlon EM

Arlon EM segment sales increased by $15.3 million, or 25.4%, to $75.4 million, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $60.1 million in 2009. The sales increase was primarily due to increased sales of flex heater and coil insulation products for the general industrial market as a result of the economic rebound and increased sales of printed circuit board materials related to the telecommunications infrastructure in China.

Segment operating income increased by $4.5 million to $8.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $4.3 million in 2009, principally due to higher sales volume, along with manufacturing efficiencies.  Gross margin improved due to favorable manufacturing overhead absorption.  In addition, the Arlon EM segment recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1.1 million during 2009 related to its Silicone Technology Division (STD).

Kasco

Kasco segment sales of $62.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 were $1.1 million, or 1.7% higher, as compared to $61.1 million in 2009, primarily from its route business in North America.
Operating income for the Kasco segment was $1.4 million for 2010, as compared to $2.8 million for 2009, due primarily to a non-cash asset impairment charge of $1.6 million.  During 2010, Kasco completed restructuring activities to move its Atlanta, Georgia operation to an existing facility in Mexico.  In connection with this restructuring project, costs of $0.5 million were incurred in 2010, principally for employee compensation and moving costs.  Also as a result of the restructuring project, the Company performed a valuation of its land, building and houses located in Atlanta, Georgia, and recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.6 million.  The Company had previously recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.2 million related to this property in 2009.  The impairments represent the difference between the assets’ book value and fair market value as a result of the declining real estate market in the area where the properties are located.  In 2009, EuroKasco recorded restructuring expenses of $0.5 million, primarily for workforce reduction, due to the weakness in its machinery sales volume.

Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company recorded net income of $5.1 million in 2010, and generated $44.8 million of positive cash flow from operating activities.  This compares with a net loss of $21.2 million and $39.5 million provided by cash flows from operating activities in 2009. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $447.3 million.
On March 7, 2005, the Company filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Company continued to operate its business and own and manage its assets as a debtor in possession until it emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on July 29, 2005.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s current assets totaled $163.0 million and its current liabilities totaled $147.7 million, resulting in working capital of $15.3 million, as compared to working capital of $49.4 million as of December 31, 2009.
See the discussions below regarding the separate liquidity of HNH the parent company, and H&H Group.
HNH, the parent company
On October 15, 2010, the Company refinanced substantially all of its indebtedness principally with its existing lenders or their affiliates.  The refinancing was effected through a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, H&H Group, which is the direct parent of H&H and Bairnco.

HNH, the parent company’s, sources of cash flow consist of its cash on-hand, distributions from its principal subsidiary, H&H Group, and other discrete transactions.  H&H Group’s credit facilities effectively do not permit it to transfer any cash or other assets to HNH with the exception of (i) an unsecured loan for required payments to the WHX Pension Plan, and (ii) an unsecured loan for other uses in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.5 million in any fiscal year.  H&H Group’s credit facilities are collateralized by priority liens on all of the assets of its subsidiaries.

HNH’s ongoing operating cash flow requirements consist of arranging for the funding of the minimum requirements of the WHX Pension Plan and paying HNH’s administrative costs.  The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions to the WHX Pension Plan for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.  Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
As of December 31, 2010, HNH and its subsidiaries that are not restricted by loan agreements or otherwise from transferring funds to HNH had cash of approximately $3.0 million and current liabilities of approximately $18.0 million.  Such current liabilities include $14.9 million of estimated required contributions to the WHX Pension Plan, which HNH is permitted to borrow from H&H Group pursuant to its credit agreements, in addition to an unsecured loan of up to $3.5 million in any fiscal year for other purposes.

Management expects that HNH will be able to fund its operations in the ordinary course of business over at least the next twelve months.
Shelf Registration Statement
Pursuant to a shelf registration statement filed on Form S-3 with the SEC and declared effective on June 29, 2009, the Company may, from time to time, issue up to $25 million of its common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, or any combination of the above, separately or as units. The terms of any offerings under the shelf registration statement will be determined at the time of the offering.  The Company does not presently have any definitive plans or current commitments to sell securities that may be registered under the shelf registration statement.  While management believes that the shelf registration statement provides the Company with the flexibility to quickly raise capital in the market as conditions permit with a minimum of administrative preparation and expense, there can be no assurance that the Company will sell securities under the shelf registration on terms favorable to the Company, if at all.

Handy & Harman Group Ltd.
The ability of (“H&H Group to draw on its revolving line of credit is limited by its borrowing base of accounts receivable and inventory.  As of December 31, 2010, H&H Group’s availability under its U.S. revolving credit facilities was $24.2 million, and as of January 31, 2011, availability was $18.3 million.

There can be no assurances that H&H Group will continue to have access to its lines of credit if financial performance of its subsidiaries do not satisfy the relevant borrowing base criteria and financial covenants set forth in the applicable financing agreements.  If H&H Group does not meet certain of its financial covenants or satisfy its borrowing base criteria, and if it is unable to secure necessary waivers or other amendments from the respective lenders on terms acceptable to management, its ability to access available lines of credit could be limited, its debt obligations could be accelerated by the respective lenders, and liquidity could be adversely affected.

Management is utilizing the following strategies to continue to enhance liquidity: (1) continuing to implement improvements, using the HNH Business System, throughout all of the Company’s operations to increase operating efficiencies, (2) supporting profitable sales growth both internally and potentially through acquisitions, (3) evaluating from time to time and as appropriate, strategic alternatives with respect to its businesses and/or assets and (4) seeking financing alternatives that may lower its cost of capital and/or enhance current cash flow.  The Company continues to examine all of its options and strategies, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other corporate transactions, to increase cash flow and stockholder value.

Management believes that the Company will be able to meet its cash requirements onGroup”), a continuing basis for at least the next twelve months. However, that ability is dependent, in part, on the Company’s continuing ability to meet its business plans. There can be no assurance that the funds available from operations and under the Company’s credit facilities will be sufficient to fund its debt service costs, working capital demands, pension plan contributions, and environmental remediation costs. If the Company’s planned cash flow projections are not met, management could consider the additional reduction of certain discretionary expenses and the sale of certain assets and/or businesses.

Furthermore, if the Company’s cash needs are significantly greater than anticipated or the Company does not materially meet its business plan, the Company may be required to seek additional or alternative financing sources.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or available on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. The Company’s inability to generate sufficient cash flows from its operations or through financing could impair its liquidity, and would likely have a material adverse effect on its businesses, financial condition and results of operations, and could raise substantial doubt that the Company will be able to continue to operate.
Discussion of Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Operating Activities

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, $44.8 million was provided by operating activities, $14.4 million was used in investing activities, and $30.3 million was used in financing activities.  The following table provides supplemental information regarding the Company’s cash flows from operating activities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
27

  Twelve Months Ended December 31 , 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash        
provided by (used in) operating activities:        
Non-cash items:        
  Depreciation and amortization  16,417   17,124 
  Asset impairment charges  1,643   4,156 
  Accrued interest not paid in cash  11,045   10,898 
  Non cash pension expense  4,349   14,097 
  Other  8,260   1,570 
Net income after non-cash items  46,804   26,604 
Discontinued operations  3,616   9,176 
Pension payments  (9,745)  (1,569)
Working capital:        
      Trade and other receivables  (8,228)  4,906 
       Precious metal inventory  (608)  (4,353)
       Inventory other than precious metal  (2,848)  13,728 
       Other current assets  (1,385)  2,129 
       Other current liabilities  16,755   (13,656)
  Total working capital effect  3,686   2,754 
  Other items-net  437   2,543 
Net cash provided by operating activities $44,798  $39,508 
The Company reported net income of $5.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, which included $41.7 million of non-cash expense items such as depreciation and amortization of $16.4 million, long-term interest expense not paid in cash of $11.0 million, non-cash pension expense of $4.3 million, and an asset impairment charge of $1.6 million.  Other non-cash items included $1.6 million amortization of deferred debt financing costs, $1.2 million non-cash loss on extinguishment of debt, and a $5.6 million reclassification of net cash settlements on derivative instruments to investing activities. Working capital generated $3.7 million cash during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  In addition, discontinued operations provided $3.6 million cash during 2010, which included a non-cash asset impairment charge add back of $1.3 million. This was partially offset by net cash used for required pension plan payments totaling $9.7 million.  As a result, net cash provided by operations was $44.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.

Although the Company reported a net loss of $21.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, non-cash items of $47.8 million included depreciation and amortization of $17.1 million, non-cash asset and goodwill impairment charges of $4.2 million, non-cash pension expense of $14.1 million, and long-term interest expense not paid in cash of $10.9 million. Other working capital accounts generated $2.8 million in 2009. The Company’s discontinued operations, Arlon CM, ITD and Sumco, produced an operating cash inflow of $9.2 million, which included a non cash asset impairment charge add back of $1.1 million.  As a result, net cash provided by operations was $39.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.

Operating cash flow for 2010 was $5.3 million higher compared to 2009.  Strong operating income from the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 was partially offset by higher required pension payments.  Due to the sales increase in 2010, accounts receivable increased $8.2 million, compared to a decrease of $4.9 million in 2009.  However, days’ sales outstanding in accounts receivable improved from approximately 54 days in the fourth quarter of 2009 to 51 days in the same quarter of 2010.  Inventory used $3.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $9.4 million provided in the same period of 2009 due to inventory reduction efforts as a result of declining sales  in 2009.  These inventory reduction factors more than offset a cash expenditure of $7.4 million needed to acquire precious metal inventory to replace customer-owned silver being used in H&H’s production processes. Average days of sales in inventory improved from approximately 59 days in the fourth quarter of 2009 to 52 days in the fourth quarter of 2010.  Other current liabilities such as accounts payable increased with the higher level of purchases and business activity, and provided $16.8 million of cash during 2010, as compared to using $13.7 million in 2009 from a decrease in these liabilities.

Investing Activities

Investing activities used $14.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and used $1.9 million during the same period of 2009.  Capital spending in the 2010 period was $10.6 million, as compared to $7.2 million in the 2009 period, when spending authorizations were curtailed due to the world-wide recession.  The Company paid $5.6 million related to its settlements of precious metal derivative contracts during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $0.4 million during the 2009 period. Discontinued operations provided $1.4 million in the 2010 period principally as a result of the Sumco land and building sale. In 2009, $2.4 million was provided by discontinued operations primarily from the sale of machinery and equipment from the Company’s Denmark operation, and the Company also sold its equity investment in CoSine Communications, Inc. for $3.1 million. In addition to its cash investing activities in 2010, the Company also had non-cash investing activity, when it sold one of its properties not currently used in operations and received a $0.6 million 15-year mortgage note receivable as a portion of the sales proceeds.

Financing Activities

Financing activities used $30.3 million of cash during 2010.  As a result of the Company’s debt refinancing and its scheduled debt repayments, the Company reduced its term loans by paying down $51.9 million (including foreign) and increased its revolving credit facilities by $25.5 million.  The Company paid $3.8 million of financing fees during the 2010 period, principally related to refinancing its credit facilities.

Financing activities used a net amount of $37.6 million in the twelve month period ended December 31, 2009, principally due to the net repayment of $17.2 million under its term loan agreements during the period.  Such repayments included both scheduled principal payments as well as unscheduled payments of approximately $15.6 million, including $5.0 repaid on H&H’s indebtedness under its Loan and Security Agreement with Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wachovia”), as agent (the “Wachovia Facilities”) pursuant to the May 9, 2009 amendment.  Also, on August 19, 2009, the proceeds of an insurance claim of $3.2 million were used to repay $3.0 million of the Wachovia Facilities.  In addition, on August 19, 2009, Bairnco repaid $3.0 million of its Loan and Security Agreement with Ableco (the “Ableco Facility”) .  H&H’s subsidiary, ITD, which is classified as a discontinued operation, repaid $4.6 million of debt using proceeds from the sale of equipment and cash provided by the liquidation of its working capital.  The Company’s indebtedness under its revolving credit facilities also declined (by a net amount of $14.2 million) in the 2009 period.  The Company continued to effectively manage cash and working capital in the 2009 period despite the decline in sales. The Company paid $2.1 million of financing fees during 2009, of which $0.9 million were directly charged to interest expense. These fees principally related to extending the Company’s credit facilities.

Debt
Credit Facilities
On October 15, 2010, HNH refinanced substantially all of its indebtedness principally with its existing lenders or their affiliates.  The refinancing was effected through a newly formed, wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary of the Company, H&H Group, which is the direct parent of H&H and Bairnco.

Wells Fargo Facility

On October 15, 2010, H&H Group, together with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Wells Fargo Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder.  The Wells Fargo Facility provides for a $21 million senior term loan to H&H Group and certain of its Subsidiaries (the “First Lien Term Loan”) and established a revolving credit facility with borrowing available of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to $110 million less the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan (such amount, initially $89 million), dependent on the levels of and collateralized by eligible accounts receivable and inventory  (the “First Lien Revolver”).

The First Lien Revolver requires a lockbox arrangement, which provides for all receipts to be swept daily to reduce borrowings outstanding under the credit facility. This arrangement, combined with the existence of a subjective acceleration clause in the revolving credit facility, necessitates the revolving credit facility be classified as a current liability on the balance sheet. The acceleration clause allows the Company’s lenders to forgo additional advances should they determine there has been a material adverse change in the Company’s financial position or prospects reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on its business, condition, operations, performance, or properties. Management believes that no such material adverse change has occurred. In addition, at December 31, 2010, the Company’s lenders had not informed the Company that any such event had occurred. The revolving credit facility expires on June 30, 2012. As of December 31, 2010, the revolver balance was $42.6 million.

The amounts outstanding under the Wells Fargo Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus applicable margins of between 2.50% and 3.50% (3.25% for the term loan and 2.75% for the revolver at December 31, 2010), or at the U.S. base rate (the prime rate) plus 0.50% to 1.50% (1.25% for the term loan and 0.75% for the revolver at December 31, 2010).  The applicable margins for the First Lien Revolver and the First Lien Term Loan are dependent on H&H Group’s Quarterly Average Excess Availability for the prior quarter, as that term is defined in the agreement.  As of December 31, 2010, the First Lien Term Loan bore interest at a weighted average interest rate of 3.56% and the First Lien Revolver bore interest at a weighted average interest rate of 3.25%.  Principal payments of the First Lien Term Loan are due in equal monthly installments of approximately $0.35 million, commencing November 1, 2010.  All amounts outstanding under the Wells Fargo Facility are due and payable in full on June 30, 2012.
Obligations under the Wells Fargo Facility are collateralized by first priority security interests in and liens upon all present and future assets of H&H Group and substantially all of its subsidiaries.

New Ableco Facility

On October 15, 2010, H&H Group, together with certain of its subsidiaries, also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Ableco, L.L.C. (“Ableco”), as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder (the “New Ableco Facility”).  The New Ableco Facility provides for a $25 million subordinated term loan to H&H Group and certain of its subsidiaries (the “Second Lien Term Loan”).  The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest on the principal amount thereof at the U.S. base rate (the prime rate) plus 7.50% or LIBOR (or, if greater, 1.75%) plus 9.00%.  As of December 31, 2010, the Second Lien Term Loan bore interest at a rate of 10.75% per annum.  All amounts outstanding under the New Ableco Facility are due and payable in full on June 30, 2012.

Obligations under the New Ableco Facility are collateralized by second priority security interests in and liens upon all present and future assets of H&H Group and substantially all of its subsidiaries.
Covenants

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each has a cross-default provision.  If H&H Group is deemed in default of one agreement, then it is in default of the other.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility contain covenants requiring minimum Trailing Twelve Months (“TTM”) Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of $40 million and $45 million, respectively.  H&H Group is required to maintain TTM EBITDA of $45 million until such time as the New Ableco Facility is paid in full.  The covenant will then adjust to $40 million.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each contain a minimum TTM Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1:1 which requires that Fixed Charges, as defined in the agreements, are at least equal to TTM EBITDA at the measurement date.

The New Ableco Facility contains a maximum TTM Senior Leverage Ratio covenant which represents the ratio of senior debt to TTM EBITDA.  The ratio declines by 5/100ths each quarter: December 2010, 2.95; March 2011, 2.90; June 2011, 2.85; September 2011, 2.80; December 2011, 2.75 and March 2012, 2.70.  H&H Group is required to maintain a maximum TTM Senior Leverage Ratio covenant following the New Ableco Facility schedule until such time as the New Ableco Facility is paid in full.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each contain a maximum amount for capital expenditures over the preceding four quarter period.  The December 2010 covenant is $21 million; increasing to $22 million in March 2011 and increasing to $23 million in June 2011.  The covenant remains $23 million thereafter.

The Company is in compliance with all of the debt covenants at December 31, 2010.

Subordinated Notes and Warrants

On October 15, 2010, H&H Group refinanced the prior indebtedness of H&H and Bairnco to the Steel Partners II Liquidating Series Trusts (Series A and Series E) (the “Steel Trusts”), each constituting a separate series of the Steel Partners II Liquidating Trust as successor-in-interest to SPII.  In accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement entered into on October 15, 2010 by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries and the Steel Trusts, (the “Exchange Agreement”), H&H Group made an approximately $6 million cash payment in partial satisfaction of prior indebtedness to the Steel Trusts and exchanged the remainder of such prior obligations for units consisting of (a) $72,925,500 aggregate principal amount of 10% subordinated secured notes due 2017  (the “Subordinated Notes”) issued by H&H Group pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by and among H&H Group, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo, as trustee,  and (b) warrants, exercisable beginning October 14, 2013, to purchase an aggregate of 1,500,806 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share (the “Warrants”).  The Subordinated Notes and Warrants may not be transferred separately until October 14, 2013.

All obligations outstanding under the Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum, 6% of which is payable in cash and 4% of which is payable in-kind. The Subordinated Notes, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, mature on October 15, 2017.  All amounts owed under the Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of H&H Group’s subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of their assets.  The Subordinated Notes are contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility. The Subordinated Notes are redeemable until October 14, 2013, at H&H Group’s option, upon payment of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the applicable premium set forth in the Indenture (the “Applicable Redemption Price”).  If H&H Group or its subsidiary guarantors undergo certain types of fundamental changes prior to the maturity date of the Subordinated Notes, holders thereof will, subject to certain exceptions, have the right, at their option, to require H&H Group to purchase for cash any or all of their Subordinated Notes at the Applicable Redemption Price.share.

The Subordinated Notes have embedded call premiums and warrants associated with them, as described above. The Company has treated the fair value of these features together as both a discount and a derivative liability at inception of the loan agreement, valued at $4.7 million. The discount is being amortized over the life of the notes as an adjustment to interest expense, and the derivative liability is marked to market at each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2010, a mark to market adjustment of $0.4 million was charged to unrealized losses on derivatives, increasing the fair value of the derivative liability to $5.1 million.

The Subordinated Notes contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, certain of which only apply the event that the Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility and any refinancing indebtednesses with respect theretoTo our knowledge, there are repaid in full, and events of default.  The Company is in compliance with all of the debt covenants at December 31, 2010.

In connection with the issuance of the Subordinated Notes and Warrants,no transactions involving the Company and H&H Group also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 15, 2010 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Steel Trusts.  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file with the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the resale of the Warrants and the shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  H&H Group also agreed, upon receipt of a request by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes, to file with the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the resale of the Subordinated Notes.

A loss on debt extinguishment of $1.2 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2010 in connection with the October 15, 2010 refinancing of the Company’s credit agreements. The loss on debt extinguishment consists of financing fees paid by the Company in connection with amendments to the extinguished debt.
Other Obligations
Pension Plan
In July 2003, the Company entered into a settlement agreement among the PBGC, HNH and several other parties (“Termination Litigation”), in which the PBGC was seeking to terminate the WHX Pension Plan.  Under the settlement, HNH agreed among other things that HNH will not contest a future action by the PBGC to terminate the WHX Pension Plan in connection with a future facility shutdown of a facility of HNH's former Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation subsidiary, which subsidiary was wholly owned until August 1, 2003.  In the event that such a plan termination occurs, the PBGC has agreed to release HNH from any claims relating to any such shutdown. However, there may be PBGC claims related to unfunded liabilities that may exist as a result of any such termination of the WHX Pension Plan.
The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.   Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
Environmental Issues
H&H’s facilities and operations are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations imposed by federal, state, foreign and local authorities relating to the protection of the environment.  H&H could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines or sanctions, and third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.  H&H has incurred, and in the future may continue to incur, liability under environmental statutes and regulations with respect to the contamination detected at sites owned or operated by it (including contamination caused by prior owners and operators of such sites, abutters or other persons) and the sites at which H&H disposed of hazardous substances.  As of December 31, 2010, H&H has established an accrual totaling $6.1 million with respect to certain presently estimated environmental remediation costs at certain of its facilities.  This estimated liability may not be adequate to cover the ultimate costs of remediation, and may change by a material amount in the near term, in certain circumstances, including discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations, which could result in significant additional costs. In addition, H&H expects that future regulations, and changes in the text or interpretation of existing regulations, may subject it to increasingly stringent standards.  Compliance with such requirements may make it necessary for H&H to retrofit existing facilities with additional pollution-control equipment, undertake new measures in connection with the storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of by-products and wastes or take other steps, which may be at a substantial cost to H&H.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
It is not the Company’s usual business practice to enter into off-balance sheet arrangements such as guarantees on loans and financial commitments, indemnification arrangements, and retained interests in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity for securitization purposes. Certain customers and suppliers of the Precious Metal segment choose to do business on a “pool” basis.  Such customers or suppliers furnish precious metal to subsidiaries of H&H for return in fabricated form (“customer metal”) or for purchase from or return to the supplier. When the customer’s precious metal is returned in fabricated form, the customer is charged a fabrication charge. The value of consigned precious metal is not included in the Company’s balance sheet.  As of December 31, 2010, H&H subsidiaries held customer metal comprised of 166,637 ounces of silver, 557 ounces of gold, and 1396 ounces of palladium.  The market value per ounce of silver, gold, and palladium as of December 31, 2010 was $30.92, $1,421.07, and $797.00, respectively.
Summary
The Company believes that recent amendments to its financing arrangements, continuing improvements in its core operations, and stabilization of the global economy as it effects the markets that the Company serves, will permit the Company to generate sufficient working capital to meet its obligations as they mature.  The ability of the Company to meet its cash requirements for at least the next twelve months is dependent, in part, on the Company’s ability to meet its business plan.  Management believes that existing capital resources and sources of credit will be adequate to meet its current and anticipated cash requirements.  However, if the Company’s cash needs are greater than anticipated or the Company does not materially satisfy its business plan, the Company may be required to seek additional or alternative financing sources.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or available on terms acceptable to the Company.
The Company has taken the following actions, which it believes has and in certain instances, will continue to improve liquidity over time and help provide for adequate liquidity to fund the Company’s capital needs:
·On October 15, 2010, the Company refinanced most of its debt, and expects that its effective interest rate will be reduced on a prospective basis, (Please see “Debt” section of this “Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information).
·The Company continues to apply the HNH Business System at all of its business units.  The HNH Business System is at the heart of the operational improvement methodologies for all HNH companies and employees. Strategy Deployment forms the roof of the HNH Business System and serves to convert strategic plans into tangible actions ensuring alignment of goals throughout each of our businesses. The pillars of the HNH Business System are the key performance indicators used to monitor and drive improvement.  The steps of the HNH Business System are the specific tool areas that drive the key performance indicators and overall performance.  HNH utilizes lean tools and philosophies to reduce and eliminate waste coupled with the Six Sigma tools targeted at variation reduction.  The HNH Business System is a proven, holistic approach to increasing shareholder value and achieving long term, sustainable, and profitable growth.
·The Company is supporting profitable sales growth both internally and potentially through acquisitions. The Company continues to examine all of its options and strategies, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other corporate transactions, to increase cash flow and stockholder value.
·In 2010 and 2009, the Company engaged in various restructuring activities that management believes will result in a more efficient infrastructure that can be leveraged in the future. These activities included consolidation of the Bairnco corporate office into the HNH corporate office, the closure of facilities in Atlanta in 2010 and New Hampshire and Dallas in 2009 and relocation of the functions to other existing facilities.  In connection with these activities, restructuring charges totaled $0.5 million in 2010 and $1.6 million in 2009.
·The Company decided to exit various businesses, including that of the Arlon CM segment in 2010.  In 2008 and 2009, the Company exited the welded specialty tubing market in Europe by closing its ITD subsidiary and the precious metal electroplating business of its Sumco subsidiary.
·The Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC which was declared effective on June 29, 2009.  Pursuant to this statement, the Company may, from time to time, issue up to $25 million of its common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, or any combination of the above, separately or as units. The terms of any offerings under the shelf registration statement would be determined at the time of the offering.  The Company does not presently have any definitive plans or current commitments to sell securities that may be registered under the shelf registration statement.  However, management believes that the shelf registration statement provides the Company with the flexibility to quickly raise capital in the market as conditions permit with a minimum of administrative preparation and expense.  The net proceeds of any such issuances under the shelf registration statement could be used for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital and/or capital expenditures.
In view of the matters described in the preceding paragraphs, management believes that the Company has the ability to meet its cash requirements on a continuing basis for at least the next twelve months.  However, if the Company’s planned cash flow projections are not met and/or credit is not available in sufficient amounts, management could consider the additional reduction of certain discretionary expenses and sale of certain assets.  In the event that these plans are not sufficient and/or the Company’s credit facilities are not adequate, the Company’s ability to operate could be materially adversely affected and could raise substantial doubt that the Company will be able to continue to operate.
*******
When used in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the words “anticipate”, “estimate” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created thereby.  Investors are cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainty, including without limitation, general economic conditions, the ability of the Company to develop markets and sell its products, and the effects of competition and pricing.  Although the Company believes that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate, and therefore, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included herein will prove to be accurate.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, long-lived assets, intangibles, accrued expenses, income taxes, pensions and other post-retirement benefits, and contingencies and litigation.  Estimates are based on historical experience, future cash flows and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.
GAAP requires all companies to include a discussion of critical accounting policies or methods used in the preparation of financial statements.  Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements.  The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and methods used by the Company.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the LIFO method for precious metal inventories. Non precious metal inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out "FIFO" method or average cost) or market. For precious metal inventories, no segregation among raw materials, work in process and finished goods is practicable.
Non-precious metal inventory is evaluated for estimated excess and obsolescence based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions and is adjusted accordingly.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, write-downs may be required.
Derivatives
H&H enters into commodity futures and forwards contracts on precious metal that are subject to market fluctuations in order to economically hedge its precious metal inventory against price fluctuations.  Future and forward contracts to sell or buy precious metal are the derivatives used for this objective. As these derivatives are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP, they are accounted for as derivatives with no hedge designation.  These derivatives are marked to market and both realized and unrealized gains and losses on these derivatives are recorded in current period earnings as other income (loss). The unrealized gain or loss (open trade equity) on the derivatives is included in other current assets or other current liabilities, respectively.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had contracted for $10.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of forward contracts with a counter party rated A by Standard & Poors, and the future contracts are exchange traded contracts through a third party broker.  Accordingly, the Company has determined that there is minimal credit risk of default.  The Company estimates the fair value of its derivative contracts through use of market quotes or broker valuations when market information is not available.
Goodwill, Other Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment in accordance with GAAP. The Company uses judgment in assessing whether assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests.  Circumstances that could trigger an interim impairment test include but are not limited to: the occurrence of a significant change in circumstances, such as continuing adverse business conditions or legal factors; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; loss of key personnel; the likelihood that a reporting unit or significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed; or results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.
The testing of goodwill for impairment is performed at a level referred to as a reporting unit. Goodwill is allocated to each reporting unit based on actual goodwill valued in connection with each business combination consummated within each reporting unit.   Six reporting units of the Company have goodwill assigned to them.  
Goodwill impairment testing consists of a two-step process.  Step 1 of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their carrying values, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test is performed to determine the amount of impairment loss. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying value of that goodwill.  In performing the first step of the impairment test, the Company also reconciles the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units to its enterprise value (which includes a control premium).
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we considered an income approach and a market approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis (“DCF”) and calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates, and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on current plans and for years beyond that plan, the estimates are based on assumed growth rates. We believe the assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) of a market participant.  Such estimates are derived from our analysis of peer companies and considered the industry weighted average return on debt and equity from a market participant perspective.  The Company believes the assumptions used to determine the fair value of our respective reporting units are reasonable. If different assumptions were used, particularly with respect to forecasted cash flows or WACCs, different estimates of fair value may result and there could be the potential that an impairment charge could result. Actual operating results and the related cash flows of the reporting units could differ from the estimated operating results and related cash flows.  The recoverability of goodwill may be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.
A market approach values a business by considering the prices at which shares of capital stock of reasonably comparable companies are trading in the public market, or the transaction price at which similar companies have been acquired. If comparable companies are not available, the market approach is not used.
Relative weights are then given to the results of each of these approaches, based on the facts and circumstances of the business being valued.  The use of multiple approaches (income and market approaches) is considered preferable to a single method.  In our case, full weight is given to the income approach because it generally provides a reliable estimate of value for an ongoing business which has a reliable forecast of operations, and suitable comparable public companies were not available to be used  under the market approach.  The income approach closely parallels investors’ consideration of the future benefits derived from ownership of an asset.
Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  We also estimate the depreciable lives of property, plant and equipment, and review the assets for impairment if events, or changes in circumstances, indicate that we may not recover the carrying amount of an asset.  Long-lived assets consisting of land and buildings used in previously operating businesses are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, and are included in Other Non-Current Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. A reduction in the carrying value of such long-lived assets used in previously operating businesses is recorded as an impairment charge in the consolidated statement of operations.
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Costs
The Company maintains several qualified and non-qualified pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. Pension benefits are generally based on years of service and the amount of compensation at the time of retirement. However, the qualified pension benefits have been frozen for most participants.
The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations.  Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions including discount rates and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets.  Material changes in the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes to the level of contributions to these plans and other factors.
The Company determines its actuarial assumptions for its pension and postretirement plans on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that date and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.  The discount rate assumption is derived from the rate of return on high quality bonds as of December 31 of each year.
The WHX Pension Plan’s assets are diversified as to type of assets, investment strategies employed, and number of investment managers used.  Investments may include equities, fixed income, cash equivalents, convertible securities, insurance contracts, and private investment funds.  Derivatives may be used as part of the investment strategy.  The Company may direct the transfer of assets between investment managers in order to rebalance the portfolio in accordance with asset allocation guidelines established by the Company. The private investment funds or the investment funds they are invested in, own marketable and non-marketable securities and other investment instruments.  Such investments are valued by the private investment funds, underlying investment managers or the underlying investment funds, at fair value, as described in their respective financial statements and offering memorandums. The Company utilizes these values in quantifying the value of the assets of its pension plans, which is then used in the determination of the unfunded pension liability on the balance sheet.   Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation of some of the pension plans’ investments in private investment funds and some of the underlying investments held by the investment funds, the recorded value may differ from the value that would have been used had a ready market existed for some of these investments for which market quotations are not readily available and are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the respective private investment funds, underlying investment managers, or the underlying investment funds.
Management uses judgment to make assumptions on which its employee benefit liabilities and expenses are based. The effect of a 1% change in two key assumptions for the WHX Pension Plan is summarized as follows:
Assumptions Statement of Operations (1)  Balance Sheet Impact (2) 
  (in millions) 
Discount rate      
+1% increase $(1.4) $(39.9)
-1% decrease  1.1   43.7 
         
Expected return on assets        
+1% increase  (3.5)    
-1% decrease  3.5     
         
(1) Estimated impact on 2010 net periodic benefit costs. 
(2) Estimated impact on 2010 pension liability. 
Environmental Remediation
The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Accruals for estimated losses from environmental remediation obligations generally are recognized no later than completion of the remedial feasibility study.  Such accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.  As of December 31, 2010, total accruals for environmental remediation were $6.1 million.
Legal Contingencies
The Company provides for legal contingencies when the liability is probable and the amount of the associated costs is reasonably determinable. The Company regularly monitors the progress of legal contingencies and revises the amounts recorded in the period in which changes in estimate occur.
New Accounting Standards
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new disclosure requirements related to Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10, in order to provide a greater level of disaggregated information and more robust disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs to fair value measurements, as well as additional information about transfers between levels and activity during the reporting period. It also includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets (ASC 715-20); so as to refer to ASC 820-10 to determine the appropriate classes to present fair value disclosures about such plan assets.  Most of the new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for the Company’s interim and annual reporting periods of 2010, and the Company adopted them in the first quarter of 2010. Because the new requirements affect disclosures but do not change the accounting for any assets or liabilities, their adoption did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm39
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 200940
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 200941
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 200942
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 200943
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 200943
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Handy & Harman Ltd.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Handy & Harman Ltd. (formerly known as WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011) (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and changes in stockholders’ deficit and comprehensive income (loss) for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2).  These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Handy & Harman Ltd. (formerly known as WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Edison, New Jersey
March 11, 2011
HANDY & HARMAN Ltd.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars and shares in thousands except per share data) December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009 
ASSETS (Dollars and shares in thousands) 
Current Assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $8,762  $8,796 
Trade and other receivables-net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,318 and $2,408 in 2010 and 2009, respectively
  70,345   62,551 
Inventories  50,320   47,133 
Deferred income taxes  1,238   1,023 
Other current assets  9,153   8,136 
Current assets of discontinued operations  23,162   25,025 
Total current assets  162,980   152,664 
         
Property, plant and equipment at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization
  78,223   83,240 
Goodwill  63,917   63,946 
Other intangibles, net  31,538   33,931 
Other non-current assets  14,946   11,801 
Non-current assets of discontinued operations  1,944   8,258 
  $353,548  $353,840 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT        
Current Liabilities:        
Trade payables $38,273  $31,915 
Accrued liabilities  33,832   21,514 
Accrued environmental liability  6,113   6,692 
Accrued interest - related party  411   1,600 
Short-term debt  42,890   19,087 
Current portion of long-term debt  4,452   5,944 
Deferred income taxes  355   300 
Current portion of pension liability  14,900   9,700 
Current liabilities of discontinued operations  6,435   6,550 
Total current liabilities  147,661   103,302 
         
Long-term debt  91,417   95,106 
Long-term debt - related party  32,547   54,098 
Long-term interest accrual - related party  -   11,797 
Accrued pension liability  98,425   92,655 
Other employee benefit liabilities  4,429   4,840 
Deferred income taxes  3,988   4,258 
Other liabilities  4,941   5,255 
Long term liabilities of discontinued operations  300   326 
   383,708   371,637 
         
Commitments and Contingencies        
         
Stockholders' Deficit:        
Preferred stock - $.01 par value; authorized 5,000 shares; issued and outstanding -0- shares
  -   - 
Common stock -  $.01 par value; authorized 180,000 shares; issued and outstanding 12,179 shares
  122   122 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (135,865)  (118,402)
Additional paid-in capital  552,844   552,834 
Accumulated deficit  (447,261)  (452,351)
Total stockholders' deficit  (30,160)  (17,797)
  $353,548  $353,840 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
HANDY & HARMAN Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
  Year ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
       
  (in thousands except per share data) 
       
Net sales $581,515  $474,091 
Cost of goods sold  425,952   355,859 
Gross profit  155,563   118,232 
         
Selling, general and administrative expenses  110,057   93,438 
Pension expense  4,349   14,097 
Asset impairment charges  1,643   3,016 
Goodwill impairment charge  -   1,140 
Income from proceeds of insurance claims, net  (1,292)  (4,035)
Restructuring charges  507   1,569 
Other operating expenses  44   132 
Income from continuing operations  40,255   8,875 
Other:        
      Interest expense  26,310   25,775 
      Realized and unrealized loss on derivatives  5,983   777 
      Other expense (income)  185   (110)
Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax  7,777   (17,567)
Tax provision (benefit)  3,276   (497)
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax  4,501   (17,070)
         
Discontinued Operations:        
      Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax  499   (6,003)
      Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax  90   1,832 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations  589   (4,171)
         
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
         
Basic and diluted per share of common stock        
         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax $0.37  $(1.40)
Discontinued operations, net of tax  0.05   (0.34)
Net income (loss) $0.42  $(1.74)
         
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  12,179   12,179 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
HANDY & HARMAN Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  Year Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009 
Cash flows from operating activities:      
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
        
  Depreciation and amortization  16,417   17,124 
  Non-cash stock based compensation  221   186 
  Amortization of debt related costs  1,606   1,429 
  Loss on extinguishment of debt  1,210   - 
  Long-term interest on related party debt  11,045   9,560 
  Deferred income taxes  (392)  (955)
  Loss on asset dispositions  44   132 
  Asset impairment charges  1,643   3,017 
  Goodwill impairment charge  -   1,140 
  Unrealized loss (gain) on derivatives  (14)  409 
  Reclassification of net cash settlements on derivative instruments  5,585   368 
  Net cash provided by operating activities of discontinued operations  3,616   9,176 
Decrease (increase) in operating assets and liabilities:        
      Trade and other receivables  (8,228)  4,906 
       Inventories  (3,456)  9,375 
       Other current assets  (1,385)  2,129 
       Other current liabilities  11,359   209 
       Other items-net  437   2,544 
Net cash provided by operating activities  44,798   39,508 
Cash flows from investing activities:        
  Plant additions and improvements  (10,605)  (7,212)
  Net cash settlements on derivative instruments  (5,585)  (368)
  Proceeds from sales of assets  384   110 
  Proceeds from sale of investment  -   3,113 
  Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations  1,410   2,413 
Net cash used in investing activities  (14,396)  (1,944)
Cash flows from financing activities:        
  Proceeds of term loans  46,000   9,577 
  Net revolver borrowing (repayments)  24,002   (14,164)
  Repayments of term loans - domestic  (89,690)  (26,768)
  Repayments of term loans - foreign  (2,184)  - 
  Repayments of term loans - related party  (6,000)  - 
  Deferred finance charges  (3,842)  (1,191)
  Net change in overdrafts  1,494   (231)
  Net cash used to repay debt of discontinued operations  -   (4,559)
  Other  (92)  (274)
Net cash used in financing activities  (30,312)  (37,610)
Net change for the period  90   (46)
Effect of exchange rate changes on net cash  (124)  186 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  8,796   8,656 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $8,762  $8,796 
         
Non-cash investing activities:        
Sale of property for mortgage note receivable $630  $- 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
HANDY & HARMAN Ltd.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Dollars and shares in thousands)                
  Common Stock  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  Accumulated
Deficit
  Capital in Excess of Par Value  Total Stockholders' Deficit 
  Shares  Amount         
                   
 Balance, January 1, 2009  12,179  $122  $(163,502) $(431,110) $552,583  $(41,907)
                         
Current period change  -   -   45,100   -       45,100 
Net loss  -   -   -   (21,241)  -   (21,241)
Total comprehensive income                      23,859 
Amortization of stock options  -   -   -   -   251   251 
                         
 Balance, December 31, 2009  12,179  $122  $(118,402) $(452,351) $552,834  $(17,797)
                         
Current period change  -   -   (17,463)  -       (17,463)
Net income  -   -   -   5,090   -   5,090 
Total comprehensive loss                      (12,373)
Amortization of stock options  -   -   -   -   10   10 
                         
 Balance, December 31, 2010  12,179  $122  $(135,865) $(447,261) $552,844  $(30,160)
  Year Ended December 31, 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) 2010  2009 
       
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
         
Changes in pension plan assets and other benefit obligations:      
   Curtailment/settlement gain/(loss)  (64)  169 
   Current year actuarial gain/(loss)  (25,556)  29,940 
   Amortization of actuarial loss  8,908   13,215 
   Amortization prior service (credit)/cost  63   63 
         
Foreign currency translation adjustment  (814)  1,549 
Valuation of marketable equity securities  -   164 
Comprehensive income (loss) $(12,373) $23,859 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 – Nature of the Business
Organization
Handy & Harman Ltd. (formerly named WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011) (“HNH”), the parent company, manages a group of businesses on a decentralized basis.  HNH owns Handy & Harman Group Ltd. (“H&H Group”) which owns Handy & Harman (“H&H”) and Bairnco Corporation (“Bairnco”). HNH is a diversified holding company whose strategic business units encompass the following segments: Precious Metal, Tubing, Engineered Materials, Arlon Electronic Materials (“Arlon EM”), Arlon Coated Materials (“Arlon CM”), and Kasco Blades and Route Repair Services (“Kasco”).  The business units of HNH principally operate in North America.  All references herein to “we,” “our” or the “Company” shall refer to HNH, together with all of its subsidiaries.
Note 1a – Management’s Plans and Liquidity
Liquidity
The Company recorded net income of $5.1 million in 2010, and generated $44.8 million of positive cash flow from operating activities.  This compares with a net loss of $21.2 million and $39.5 million provided by cash flows from operating activities in 2009.  As of December 31, 2010, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $447.3 million.
On March 7, 2005, the Company filed a voluntary petition to reorganize under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Company continued to operate its business and own and manage its assets as a debtor in possession until it emerged from protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on July 29, 2005.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s current assets totaled $163.0 million and its current liabilities totaled $147.7 million, resulting in working capital of $15.3 million, as compared to working capital of $49.4 million as of December 31, 2009.
HNH, the parent company
On October 15, 2010, the Company refinanced substantially all of its indebtedness principally with its existing lenders or their affiliates.  The refinancing was effected through a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, H&H Group, which is the direct parent of H&H and Bairnco.

HNH, the parent company’s, sources of cash flow consist of its cash on-hand, distributions from its principal subsidiary, H&H Group, and other discrete transactions.  H&H Group’s credit facilities effectively do not permit it to transfer any cash or other assets to HNH with the exception of (i) an unsecured loan for required payments to the WHX Pension Plan, and (ii) an unsecured loan for other uses in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.5 million in any fiscal year.  H&H Group’s credit facilities are collateralized by priority liens on all of the assets of its subsidiaries.

HNH’s ongoing operating cash flow requirements consist of arranging for the funding of the minimum requirements of the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company (the “WHX Pension Plan”) and paying HNH’s administrative costs.  The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions to the WHX Pension Plan for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.  Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
As of December 31, 2010, HNH and its subsidiaries that are not restricted by loan agreements or otherwise from transferring funds to HNH had cash of approximately $3.0 million and current liabilities of approximately $18.0 million.  Such current liabilities include $14.9 million of estimated required contributions to the WHX Pension Plan, which HNH is permitted to borrow from H&H Group pursuant to its credit agreements, in addition to an unsecured loan of up to $3.5 million in any fiscal year for other purposes.

Management expects that HNH will be able to fund its operations in the ordinary course of business over at least the next twelve months.
Handy & Harman Group Ltd.
The ability of H&H Group to draw on its revolving line of credit is limited by its borrowing base of accounts receivable and inventory.  As of December 31, 2010, H&H Group’s availability under its U.S. revolving credit facilities was $24.2 million, and as of January 31, 2011, availability was $18.3 million.

There can be no assurances that H&H Group will continue to have access to its lines of credit if financial performance of its subsidiaries do not satisfy the relevant borrowing base criteria and financial covenants set forth in the applicable financing agreements.  If H&H Group does not meet certain of its financial covenants or satisfy its borrowing base criteria, and if it is unable to secure necessary waivers or other amendments from the respective lenders on terms acceptable to management, its ability to access available lines of credit could be limited, its debt obligations could be accelerated by the respective lenders, and liquidity could be adversely affected.
The Company believes that recent amendments to its financing arrangements, continuing improvements in its core operations, and stabilization of the global economy as it effects the markets that the Company serves, will permit the Company to generate sufficient working capital to meet its obligations for at least the next twelve months.  However, if the Company’s cash needs are greater than anticipated or the Company does not materially satisfy its business plan, the Company may be required to seek additional or alternative financing sources.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available or available on terms acceptable to the Company.
The Company has taken the following actions, which it believes has and in certain instances, will continue to improve liquidity over time and help provide for adequate liquidity to fund the Company’s capital needs:
·On October 15, 2010, the Company refinanced its debt, and expects that its effective interest rate will be reduced on a prospective basis. (See Note 13-“Debt” for additional information).
·The Company continues to apply the HNH Business System at all of its business units which utilizes lean tools and philosophies to reduce and eliminate waste, coupled with the Six Sigma tools targeted at variation reduction.
·The Company is supporting profitable sales growth both internally and potentially through acquisitions. The Company continues to examine all of its options and strategies, including acquisitions, divestitures, and other corporate transactions, to increase cash flow and stockholder value.
·In 2010 and 2009, the Company engaged in various restructuring activities that management believes will result in a more efficient infrastructure that can be leveraged in the future. These activities included consolidation of the Bairnco corporate office into the HNH corporate office, the closure of facilities in Atlanta in 2010 and New Hampshire and Dallas in 2009 and relocation of the functions to other existing facilities.  In connection with these activities, restructuring charges totaled $0.5 million in 2010 and $1.6 million in 2009.
·The Company decided to exit various businesses, including that of the Arlon CM segment in 2010.  In 2008 and 2009, the Company exited the welded specialty tubing market in Europe by closing its Indiana Tube Denmark (“ITD”) subsidiary and the precious metal electroplating business of its Sumco Inc. (“Sumco”) subsidiary.
·The Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC which was declared effective on June 29, 2009.  Pursuant to this statement, the Company may, from time to time, issue up to $25 million of its common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock, or debt securities, or any combination of the above, separately or as units. The terms of any offerings under the shelf registration statement would be determined at the time of the offering.  The Company does not presently have any definitive plans or current commitments to sell securities that may be registered under the shelf registration statement.  However, management believes that the shelf registration statement provides the Company with the flexibility to quickly raise capital in the market as conditions permit with a minimum of administrative preparation and expense.  The net proceeds of any such issuances under the shelf registration statement could be used for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital and/or capital expenditures.
In view of the matters described in the preceding paragraphs, management believes that the Company has the ability to meet its cash requirements on a continuing basis for at least the next twelve months.  However, if the Company’s planned cash flow projections are not met and/or credit is not available in sufficient amounts, management could consider the additional reduction of certain discretionary expenses and sale of certain assets.  In the event that these plans are not sufficient and/or the Company’s credit facilities are not adequate, the Company’s ability to operate could be materially adversely affected and could raise substantial doubt that the Company will be able to continue to operate.
Note 2 – Summary of Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HNH and its subsidiaries.  All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  Discontinued operating entities are reflected as discontinued operations in the Company’s results of operations and statements of financial position.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to bad debts, inventories, long-lived assets, intangibles, accrued expenses, income taxes, pensions and other post-retirement benefits, and contingencies and litigation.  Estimates are based on historical experience, future cash flows and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and on deposit and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had cash held in foreign banks of $4.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively.  The Company’s credit risk arising from cash deposits held in U.S. banks in excess of insured amounts is not significant given that as a condition of its revolving credit agreements (See Note 13 - “Debt”), cash balances in U.S. banks are generally swept on a nightly basis to pay down the Company’s revolving credit loans.  At December 31, 2010, HNH, the parent company, held cash and cash equivalents which exceeded federally-insured limits by approximately $2.9 million, all of which was invested in a money market account that invests solely in US government securities.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are recognized when the title and risk of loss has passed to the customer. This condition is normally met when product has been shipped or the service performed. An allowance is provided for estimated returns and discounts based on experience.  Cash received by the Company from customers prior to shipment of goods, or otherwise not yet earned, is recorded as deferred revenue. Rental revenues are derived from the rental of certain equipment to the food industry where customers prepay for the rental period-usually 3 to 6 month periods.  For prepaid rental contracts, sales revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract.  Service revenues consist of repair and maintenance work performed on equipment used at mass merchants, supermarkets and restaurants.
The Company experiences a certain degree of sales returns that varies over time, but is able to make a reasonable estimation of expected sales returns based upon history. The Company records all shipping and handling fees billed to customers as revenue, and related costs are charged principally to cost of sales, when incurred.  In limited circumstances, the Company is required to collect and remit sales tax on certain of its sales.  The Company accounts for sales taxes on a net basis and such sales taxes are not included in net sales on the consolidated statements of operations.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company extends credit to customers based on its evaluation of the customer’s financial condition.  The Company does not require that any collateral be provided by its customers.  The Company has established an allowance for accounts that may become uncollectible in the future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on management’s evaluation of the financial condition of the customer and historical experience. The Company monitors its accounts receivable and charges to expense an amount equal to its estimate of potential credit losses. Accounts that are outstanding longer than contractual payment terms are considered past due.  The Company considers a number of factors in determining its estimates, including the length of time its trade accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history and the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation. Accounts receivable balances are charged off against the allowance when it is determined that the receivable will not be recovered, and payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to recovery of accounts written off.  The Company does not charge interest on past due receivables.
The Company believes that the credit risk with respect to Trade Accounts Receivable is limited due to the Company’s credit evaluation process, the allowance for doubtful accounts that has been established, and the diversified nature of its customer base.  There were no customers which accounted for more than 5% of consolidated net sales in 2010 or 2009.  In both 2010 and 2009, the 15 largest customers accounted for approximately 28% of consolidated net sales.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for precious metal inventories. Non precious metal inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in, first-out “FIFO” method or average cost method) or market. For precious metal inventories, no segregation among raw materials, work in process and finished goods is practicable.
Non-precious metal inventory is evaluated for estimated excess and obsolescence based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions and is adjusted accordingly.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, write-downs may be required.
Derivatives and Risks
Precious Metal Risk
H&H enters into commodity futures and forwards contracts on precious metals that are subject to market fluctuations in order to economically hedge its precious metal inventory against price fluctuations.  Future and forward contracts to sell or buy precious metal are the derivatives used for this objective.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had contracted for $10.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of forward contracts with a counter party rated A by Standard & Poors, and the future contracts are exchange traded contracts through a third party broker.  Accordingly, the Company has determined that there is minimal credit risk of default.  The Company estimates the fair value of its derivative contracts through use of market quotes or broker valuations when market information is not available.
As these derivatives are not designated as accounting hedges under GAAP, they are accounted for as derivatives with no hedge designation.  These derivatives are marked to market and both realized and unrealized gains and losses on these derivatives are recorded in current period earnings as other income (loss).  The unrealized gain or loss (open trade equity) on the derivatives is included in other current assets or other current liabilities, respectively.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
H&H and Bairnco are subject to the risk of price fluctuations related to anticipated revenues and operating costs, firm commitments for capital expenditures and existing assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  H&H and Bairnco have not generally used derivative instruments to manage this risk.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at historical cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided principally on the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range as follows: machinery & equipment 3 –15 years and buildings and improvements 10 – 30 years. Interest cost is capitalized for qualifying assets during the assets’ acquisition period.   Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense and renewals and betterments are capitalized. Profit or loss on dispositions is credited or charged to operating income.
Goodwill, Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets
Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations.  Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment in accordance with GAAP. The Company uses judgment in assessing whether assets may have become impaired between annual impairment tests.  Circumstances that could trigger an interim impairment test include but are not limited to: the occurrence of a significant change in circumstances, such as continuing adverse business conditions or legal factors; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; loss of key personnel; the likelihood that a reporting unit or significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or otherwise disposed; or results of testing for recoverability of a significant asset group within a reporting unit.
The testing of goodwill for impairment is performed at a level referred to as a reporting unit. Goodwill is allocated to each reporting unit based on actual goodwill valued in connection with each business combination consummated within each reporting unit.   Six reporting units of the Company have goodwill assigned to them.  
Goodwill impairment testing consists of a two-step process.  Step 1 of the impairment test involves comparing the fair values of the applicable reporting units with their carrying values, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test is performed to determine the amount of impairment loss. Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying value of that goodwill.  In performing the first step of the impairment test, the Company also reconciles the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units to its enterprise value (which includes a control premium).
To estimate the fair value of our reporting units, we considered an income approach and a market approach. The income approach is based on a discounted cash flow analysis (“DCF”) and calculates the fair value by estimating the after-tax cash flows attributable to a reporting unit and then discounting the after-tax cash flows to a present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Assumptions used in the DCF require the exercise of significant judgment, including judgment about appropriate discount rates and terminal values, growth rates, and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The forecasted cash flows are based on current plans and for years beyond that plan, the estimates are based on assumed growth rates. We believe the assumptions are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying businesses. The discount rates, which are intended to reflect the risks inherent in future cash flow projections, used in the DCF are based on estimates of the weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) of a market participant.  Such estimates are derived from our analysis of peer companies and considered the industry weighted average return on debt and equity from a market participant perspective.  The Company believes the assumptions used to determine the fair value of our respective reporting units are reasonable. If different assumptions were used, particularly with respect to forecasted cash flows or WACCs, different estimates of fair value may result and there could be the potential that an impairment charge could result. Actual operating results and the related cash flows of the reporting units could differ from the estimated operating results and related cash flows.  The recoverability of goodwill may be impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.
A market approach values a business by considering the prices at which shares of capital stock of reasonably comparable companies are trading in the public market, or the transaction price at which similar companies have been acquired.  If comparable companies are not available, the market approach is not used.
Relative weights are then given to the results of each of these approaches, based on the facts and circumstances of the business being valued.  The use of multiple approaches (e.g. income and market approaches) is considered preferable to a single method.  In our case, full weight was given to the income approach because it generally provides a reliable estimate of value for an ongoing business which has a reliable forecast of operations, and suitable comparable public companies were not available to be used under the market approach.  The income approach closely parallels investors’ consideration of the future benefits derived from ownership of an asset.
Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We also estimate the depreciable lives of property, plant and equipment.  Property, plant and equipment, as well as intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment if events, or changes in circumstances, indicate that we may not recover the carrying amount of an asset.  Long-lived assets consisting of land and buildings used in previously operating businesses are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, and are included in Other Non-Current Assets in the consolidated balance sheets. A reduction in the carrying value of such long-lived assets used in previously operating businesses is recorded as an asset impairment charge in the consolidated statement of operations.
Equity Investments
Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting if the investment provides the Company the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the company has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee of between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as representation on the investee’s Board of Directors, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. The Company accounted for its investment in CoSine Communications, Inc. (“CoSine”) using the equity method of accounting. The CoSine investment was sold in 2009.
Stock Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock options granted to employees as compensation expense which is recognized in exchange for the services received.  The compensation expense is based on the fair value of the equity instruments on the grant-date.
Environmental Liabilities
The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Accruals for estimated losses from environmental remediation obligations generally are recognized no later than completion of the remedial feasibility study.
Such accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable.
Income Taxes
Income taxes currently payable or tax refunds receivable are recorded on a net basis and included in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.    Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”), capital loss or tax credit carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting (GAAP) and income tax purposes, as determined under enacted tax laws and rates.  Valuation allowances are established if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.  The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.
Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during each year.  Diluted earnings per share gives effect to dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period.
Foreign Currency Translation
Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at current exchange rates, and related revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. Resulting cumulative translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 820, “Fair Value Measurements” effective January 1, 2009.  Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e, the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches.  The hierarchy of those valuation approaches is broken down into three levels based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.  An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.  The valuation under this approach does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, (e.g., interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals or current market) and contractual prices for the underlying financial instrument, as well as other relevant economic measures.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate carrying value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.  Carrying cost approximates fair value for long-term debt which has variable interest rates.

The Company's non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include goodwill and intangible assets, any assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, or its long-lived assets written down to fair value. To measure fair value for such assets, the Company uses techniques including discounted expected future cash flows, a market approach, and/or appraisals (Level 3 inputs).

The derivative instruments that the Company purchases, specifically commodity futures and forwards contracts on precious metal, are valued at fair value on a recurring basis.  The futures contracts are Level 1 measurements since they are traded on a commodity exchange.  The forward contracts are entered into with a counterparty, and are considered Level 2 measurements. The embedded derivative features of the Company’s Subordinated Notes and related warrants are valued at fair value on a recurring basis and are considered Level 3 measurements.

Legal Contingencies
 The Company provides for legal contingencies when the liability is probable and the amount of the associated costs is reasonably determinable. The Company regularly monitors the progress of legal contingencies and revises the amounts recorded in the period in which a change in estimate occurs.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs consist of sales promotion literature, samples, cost of trade shows, and general advertising costs, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.  Advertising, promotion and trade show costs totaled approximately $3.6 million in 2010 and $3.3 million in 2009.
Reclassification
Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.  In particular, the assets, liabilities and income or loss of discontinued operations (see Note 4) have been reclassified into separate lines on the financial statements to segregate them from continuing operations.
Note 3 – Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new disclosure requirements related to Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—ASC 820-10, in order to provide a greater level of disaggregated information and more robust disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs to fair value measurements, as well as additional information about transfers between levels and activity during the reporting period. It also includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets (ASC 715-20); so as to refer to ASC 820-10 to determine the appropriate classes to present fair value disclosures about such plan assets.  Most of the new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for the Company’s interim and annual reporting periods of 2010, and the Company adopted them in the first quarter of 2010. Because the new requirements affect disclosures but do not change the accounting for any assets or liabilities, their adoption did not have an effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Note 4 – Discontinued Operations

Arlon CM

In 2010, the Company decided to exit the business of manufacturing adhesive films, specialty graphic films and engineered coated products, and in February 2011, the Company entered into two separate asset sale transactions.  (See Note 21-“Subsequent Events”).  These businesses comprised the Arlon CM segment.  The Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.3 million in connection with certain of these assets.

Indiana Tube Denmark

In 2008, the Company decided to exit the welded specialty tubing market in Europe and close H&H’s Indiana Tube Denmark subsidiary (“ITD”), sell its assets, pay off its debt, and repatriate the remaining cash. The decision to exit this market was made after evaluating economic conditions and ITD’s capabilities, served markets, and competitors.  ITD had been part of the Company’s Tubing segment.  During 2009, ITD ceased operations and sold or disposed of its inventory and most of its equipment.  A gain on the sale of equipment of $1.7 million was recognized. ITD repaid all of its $4.6 million of long-term debt during 2009.  ITD’s principal remaining asset is the ITD facility, which has been offered for sale.  The facility is included in “Other non-current assets” on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010.

Sumco, Inc.

The Company also evaluated its Sumco subsidiary in light of ongoing operating losses and future prospects.  Sumco provided electroplating services primarily to the automotive market, and relied on the automotive market for over 90% of its sales.  Sumco had been part of the Precious Metal segment.  The Company decided to exit this business. In 2009, Sumco entered into a lease of its former manufacturing facility in Indianapolis, Indiana and granted the tenant an option to purchase the facility. On October 13, 2010, Sumco completed the sale of the facility and in addition, sold the rights to the Sumco name.  The net proceeds of $1.7 million approximated the carrying value of the Sumco long-term assets and accordingly, no significant gain or loss was recorded on the sale.

The following assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations, ITD, Sumco, and Arlon CM, have been segregated in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
(in thousands)      
  December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009 
Current Assets:      
Trade accounts receivable $10,203  $10,686 
Inventory  11,979   13,107 
Other current assets  980   1,232 
  $23,162  $25,025 
         
Long-term Assets:        
Property, plant & equipment, net $1,865  $8,154 
Intangibles, net  79   104 
  $1,944  $8,258 
         
Current Liabilities:        
Other current liabilities $6,435  $6,550 
  $6,435  $6,550 
         
Non-current Liabilities:        
Deferred income taxes $229  $171 
Other non-current liabilities  71   155 
  $300  $326 
The income (loss) from Discontinued Operations consists of the following:
  Years ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009 
       
Net sales $74,860  $80,114 
         
Asset impairment charges  (1,347)  (1,149)
         
Restructuring charges  -   (783)
         
Operating income (loss)  624   (5,439)
         
Interest/other  income (expense)  14   (668)
         
Income tax benefit (expense)  (139)  104 
         
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net  499   (6,003)

Note 5 –Restructuring Charges

In 2010 and 2009, the Company engaged in various cost improvement initiatives in order to positively impact productivity and profitability, including certain activities that management believes will result in a more efficient infrastructure that can be leveraged in the future.
During 2010, the Company commenced a restructuring plan to move Kasco’s Atlanta, Georgia operation to an existing facility in Mexico.  In connection with this restructuring project, costs of $0.5 million were incurred in the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, principally for employee compensation and moving costs.  This restructuring project was completed in the fourth quarter of 2010.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, restructuring charges totaled $1.6 million.  Restructuring costs of $0.6 million were recorded in 2009 relating to the consolidation of the former Bairnco Corporate office into the HNH Corporate office.  In addition, in April 2009, the Company announced the closure of a facility in New Hampshire which was part of the Precious Metal segment and the relocation of the functions to its facility in Milwaukee.  Restructuring costs of approximately $0.4 million were recorded in connection with this relocation, including an estimate of future net lease costs for the facility.  EuroKasco S.A. (“EuroKasco”), which is part of the Kasco segment, engaged in restructuring activities during 2009, and recorded approximately $0.5 million of expense related mainly to workforce reduction.

As of December 31, 2010, approximately $0.1 million of future lease costs for the New Hampshire facility of the Precious Metal segment was accrued and included in accrued liabilities on the balance sheet.  This lease terminates in 2014.
The restructuring costs and activity in the restructuring reserve for the year ended December 31, 2010 consisted of:
  
December 31,
2009
  Expense  Payments  
December 31,
2010
 
(in thousands)            
Termination benefits $92  $201  $(256) $37 
Rent expense  166   -   (25)  141 
Other facility closure costs  -   306   (306)  - 
  $258  $507  $(587) $178 
Note 6 –Asset Impairment Charges
A non-cash asset impairment charge of $1.6 million was recorded in 2010 as part of income from continuing operations.  During the second quarter of 2010, Kasco commenced a restructuring plan to move its Atlanta, Georgia operation to an existing facility in Mexico.  As a result, the Company performed a valuation of its land, building and houses located in Atlanta.  The impairment charge represents the difference between the assets’ book value and fair market value as a result of the declining real estate market in the area where the properties are located. The Company owns certain real property that is not currently used in operations and is not being depreciated, principally former manufacturing plants.  Such real property is included in Other Non-Current Assets on the consolidated balance sheets.  In accordance with GAAP, the Company reviews such properties for impairment and in 2009, determined that certain properties should be written down to fair value.  In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded non-cash asset impairment charges of $1.0 million related to these properties.
In addition, in the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $0.9 million non-cash impairment charge related to certain manufacturing equipment located at one of its Tubing facilities.  The equipment had been utilized exclusively in connection with a discontinued product line, had no other viable use to the Company, and limited scrap value.
In 2009, the Company also recorded a $1.1 million impairment charge related to an investment accounted for under the equity method.  The equity investment was sold by the Company during the third quarter of 2009 for cash proceeds of $3.1 million, and the amount of the impairment represented the difference between the carrying value of the investment and the selling price.
Note 7 – Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company maintains several qualified and non-qualified pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. The Company’s significant pension, health care benefit and defined contribution plans are discussed below.  The Company’s other defined contribution plans are not significant individually or in the aggregate.
Qualified Pension Plans
HNH sponsors a defined benefit pension plan, the WHX Pension Plan, covering many of H&H employees and certain employees of H&H’s former subsidiary, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation, or (“WPC”).  The WHX Pension Plan was established in May 1998 as a result of the merger of the former H&H plans, which covered substantially all H&H employees, and the WPC plan.  The WPC plan, covering most USWA-represented employees of WPC, was created pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement ratified on August 12, 1997.  Prior to that date, benefits were provided through a defined contribution plan, the Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation Retirement Security Plan (“RSP Plan”).  The assets of the RSP Plan were merged into the WPC plan as of December 1, 1997.  Under the terms of the WHX Pension Plan, the benefit formula and provisions for the WPC and H&H participants continued as they were designed under each of the respective plans prior to the merger.
The qualified pension benefits under the WHX Pension Plan were frozen as of December 31, 2005 and April 30, 2006 for hourly and salaried non-bargaining participants, respectively, with the exception of a single operating unit.
WPC employees ceased to be active participants in the WHX Pension Plan effective July 31, 2003 and as a result such employees no longer accrue benefits under the WHX Pension Plan.
Bairnco Corporation had several pension plans (“Bairnco Plans”), which covered substantially all of its employees.  In 2006, Bairnco froze the Bairnco Corporation Retirement Plan and initiated employer contributions to its 401(k) plan.  On June 2, 2008, two Bairnco plans (Salaried and Kasco) were merged into the WHX Pension Plan. The remaining plan that has not been merged with the WHX Pension Plan covers certain employees at a facility located in Bear, Delaware (the “Bear Plan”), and the pension benefits under the Bear Plan have been frozen.
Bairnco’s Canadian subsidiary provides retirement benefits for its employees through a defined contribution plan.  In addition, the Company’s European subsidiaries provide retirement benefits for employees consistent with local practices.  The foreign plans are not significant in the aggregate and therefore are not included in the following disclosures.
Pension benefits are based on years of service and the amount of compensation earned during the participants’ employment.  However, as noted above, the qualified pension benefits were frozen for most participants.
Pension benefits for the WPC bargained participants include both defined benefit and defined contribution features, since the plan includes the account balances from the RSP.  The gross benefit, before offsets, is calculated based on years of service and the benefit multiplier under the plan.  The net defined benefit pension plan benefit is the gross amount offset for the benefits payable from the RSP and benefits payable by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) from previously terminated plans.  Individual employee accounts established under the RSP are maintained until retirement.  Upon retirement, participants who are eligible for the WHX Pension Plan and maintain RSP account balances will normally receive benefits from the WHX Pension Plan.  When these participants become eligible for benefits under the WHX Pension Plan, their vested balances in the RSP Plan becomes assets of the WHX Pension Plan.  Aggregate account balances held in trust in individual RSP Plan participants’ accounts totaled $23.0 million at December 31, 2010.  These assets cannot be used to fund any of the net benefit that is the basis for determining the defined benefit plan’s net benefit obligation at December 31, 2010.

In 2010, certain current and retired employees of H&H are covered by postretirement medical benefit plans which provide benefits for medical expenses and prescription drugs.  Contributions from a majority of the participants are required, and for those retirees and spouses, the Company’s payments are capped.  The measurement date for plan obligations is December 31. In 2010, benefits were discontinued under one of these postretirement medical plans.  In 2009, the Company also had a postretirement Executive Life Insurance program that provided for life insurance benefits, as defined, for certain Company executives upon their retirement.  During 2009, this plan was terminated and all policies were either terminated for cash value or transferred to the participants.  In 2010 and 2009, as a result of the discontinuance of these benefits, the Company reduced its postretirement benefits expense by $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

The components of pension expense and components of other postretirement benefit expense (income) for the Company’s benefit plans included the following:
             
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Service cost $190  $379  $-  $41 
Interest cost  24,117   25,709   191   248 
Expected return on plan assets  (28,877)  (25,196)  -   - 
Amortization of prior service cost  63   63   -   - 
Actuarial loss amortization  8,878   13,215   42   - 
Curtailment/Settlement  -   -   (712)  (1,114)
Total $4,371  $14,170  $(479) $(825)
Actuarial assumptions used to develop the components of defined benefit pension expense and other postretirement benefit expense were as follows:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
Discount rates:            
   WHX Pension Plan  5.55%  6.00%  N/A   N/A 
   Other postretirement benefit plans  N/A   N/A   5.55%  6.00%
   Bear Plan  6.05%  6.15%  N/A   N/A 
Expected return on assets  8.50%  8.50%  N/A   N/A 
Rate of compensation increase  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A 
Health care cost trend rate - initial  N/A   N/A   8.00%  8.00%
Health care cost trend rate - ultimate  N/A   N/A   5.00%  5.00%
Year ultimate reached  N/A   N/A   2016   2015 
The measurement date for plan obligations is December 31.  The discount rate is the rate at which the plans’ obligations could be effectively settled and is based on high quality bond yields as of the measurement date.
Summarized below is a reconciliation of the funded status for the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation:            
  Benefit obligation at January 1 $454,469  $447,271  $3,714  $4,233 
  Service cost  190   379   -   41 
  Interest cost  24,116   25,709   191   248 
  Settlement  -   -   (648)  (1,282)
  Actuarial loss  24,754   15,388   380   769 
  Participant Contributions  -   -   17   52 
  Benefits paid  (37,744)  (35,505)  (200)  (347)
  Transfers from RSP  6,741   1,227   -   - 
  Benefit obligation at December 31 $472,526  $454,469  $3,454  $3,714 
                 
Change in plan assets:                
  Fair value of plan assets at January 1 $352,460  $313,522  $-  $- 
  Business Combinations  -   -   -   - 
  Actual returns on plan assets  25,406   71,265   -   - 
  Participant Contributions  -   -   17   52 
  Benefits paid  (37,744)  (35,505)  (200)  (347)
  Company contributions  9,633   1,951   183   295 
  Transfers from RSP  9,788   1,227   -   - 
  Fair value of plan assets at December 31 $359,543  $352,460  $-  $- 
                 
  Funded status $(112,983) $(102,009) $(3,454) $(3,714)
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) for qualified             
 defined benefit pension plans :                
   ABO at January 1 $454,469  $447,271  $3,714  $4,233 
   ABO at December 31  472,526   454,469  $3,454  $3,714 
                 
Amounts Recognized in the Statement of                
Financial Position                
   Noncurrent Asset $-  $-  $-  $- 
   Current liability  (14,900)  (9,700)  (215)  (215)
   Noncurrent liability  (98,083)  (92,309)  (3,239)  (3,499)
   Total $(112,983) $(102,009) $(3,454) $(3,714)
The weighted average assumptions used in the valuations at December 31 were as follows:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
Discount rates:            
   WHX Pension Plan  4.95%  5.55%  N/A   N/A 
   Bear Plan  5.50%  6.05%  N/A   N/A 
   Other postretirement benefit plans  N/A   N/A   5.10%  5.55%
Rate of compensation increase  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A 
Health care cost trend rate - initial  N/A   N/A   7.50%  8.00%
Health care cost trend rate - ultimate  N/A   N/A   5.00%  5.00%
Year ultimate reached  N/A   N/A   2016   2016 

Pretax amounts included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
(in thousands) 2010  2009  2010  2009 
Prior service cost $138  $200  $-  $- 
Net actuarial loss  143,060   126,763   1,180   777 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss $143,198  $126,963  $1,180  $777 
The pretax amount of actuarial losses and prior service cost included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” at December 31, 2010 that is expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost in 2011 is $9.5 million and -0-, respectively, for defined benefit pension plans and -0- and  -0-, respectively, for other postretirement benefit plans.
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in “Comprehensive income” are as follows:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Curtailment/Settlement gain (loss) $-  $169  $(64) $- 
Current year actuarial gain (loss)  (25,176)  30,539   (380)  (599)
Amortization of actuarial loss  8,866   13,215   42   - 
Amortization of prior service cost  63   63   -   - 
Total recognized in comprehensive income $(16,247) $43,986  $(402) $(599)
Benefit obligations were in excess of plan assets for all pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $472.5 million and $454.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additional information for plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
  Pension Benefits  Other Postretirement Benefits 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Projected benefit obligation $472,526  $454,469  $3,454  $3,714 
Accumulated benefit obligation  472,526   454,469   3,454   3,714 
Fair value of plan assets  359,543   352,460   -   - 
In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, the Company evaluated input from various investment professionals.  In addition, the Company considered its historical compound returns as well as the Company’s forward-looking expectations for the plan.  The Company determines its actuarial assumptions for its pension and postretirement plans on December 31 of each year to calculate liability information as of that date and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.  The discount rate assumption is derived from the rate of return on high-quality bonds as of December 31 of each year.
The Company’s investment policy is to maximize the total rate of return with a view to long-term funding objectives of the pension plan to ensure that funds are available to meet benefit obligations when due.  The three to five year objective of the WHX Pension Plan is to achieve a rate of return that exceeds the Company’s expected earnings rate by 150 basis points at prudent levels of risk.  Therefore the pension plan assets are diversified to the extent necessary to minimize risk and to achieve an optimal balance between risk and return.  There are no target allocations.  The WHX Pension Plan’s assets are diversified as to type of assets, investment strategies employed, and number of investment managers used.  Investments may include equities, fixed income, cash equivalents, convertible securities, and private investment funds.  Derivatives may be used as part of the investment strategy.  The Company may direct the transfer of assets between investment managers in order to rebalance the portfolio in accordance with asset allocation guidelines established by the Company.
The fair value of pension investments is defined by reference to one of the three following categories:  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.  An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.  The valuation under this approach does not entail a significant degree of judgment (“Level 1”).

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.  Level 2 inputs include: quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, (e.g., interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals or current market) and contractual prices for the underlying financial instrument, as well as other relevant economic measures (“Level 2”).

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date (“Level 3”).
The WHX/Bear Pension Plan’s assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, are as follows:
WHX/Bear Pension Assets
(in thousands)
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2010:            
  Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of December 31, 2010 
Asset Class Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Equity securities:            
U.S. large cap $20,475  $257  $-  $20,732 
U.S. mid-cap growth  37,493   902   -   38,395 
U.S. small-cap value  5,657   -   317   5,974 
International large cap value  17,602   -   -   17,602 
Emerging markets growth  3,831   -   -   3,831 
Equity contracts  608   -   -   608 
Fixed income securities:              - 
Corporate bonds  7,831   24,927   595   33,353 
Bank debt  -   1,464   -   1,464 
Other types of investments:                
Common trust funds (1)  -   97,258   -   97,258 
Fund of funds (2)  -   32,416   31,658   64,074 
Insurance contracts (3)  -   753   9,268   10,021 
   93,497   157,977   41,838   293,312 
Futures contracts, net  (62,655)  (158)  -   (62,813)
Total $30,842  $157,819  $41,838  $230,499 
Cash & cash equivalents              131,248 
Net payables              (2,204)
Total pension assets             $359,543 
                 
Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2009:                
  Assets (Liabilities) at Fair Value as of December 31, 2009 
Asset Class Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
   Equities $27,607  $950  $-  $28,557 
   Fixed income securities  8,664   26,320   124   35,108 
   Common trust funds (1)  -   106,616   -   106,616 
   Fund of funds (2)  -   32,953   27,594   60,547 
   Insurance contracts (3)      723   9,361   10,084 
   36,271   167,562   37,079   240,912 
Derivative contracts, net  (836)  (199)  -   (1,035)
   Total $35,435  $167,363  $37,079  $239,877    
   Cash & cash equivalents              115,508 
   Net payables              (2,925)
   Total pension assets             $352,460 
(1)  Common Trust Funds- Common trust funds are comprised of shares or units in commingled funds that are not publicly traded.  The underlying assets in these funds are primarily publicly traded equity securities, fixed income securities, and commodity-related securities and are valued at their Net Asset Values (“NAVs”) that are calculated by the investment manager or sponsor of the fund and have daily or monthly liquidity.
(2)  Fund of funds consist of fund-of-fund LLC or commingled fund structures. The underlying assets in these funds are primarily publicly traded equity securities, fixed income securities, and commodity-related securities. The LLCs are valued based on NAVs calculated by the fund and are not publicly available.  In most cases, the liquidity for the LLCs is quarterly with advance notice and is subject to liquidity of the underlying funds.  In some cases, there may be extended lock-up periods greater than 90 days or side-pockets for non-liquid assets.
(3)  Insurance contracts contain general investments and money market securities. The fair value of insurance contracts is determined based on the cash surrender value which is determined based on such factors as the fair value of the underlying assets and discounted cash flow. These contracts are with a highly-rated insurance company. Insurance contracts are classified within level 3 and the money market component is classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. In 2009, insurance contracts had been classified wholly within level 2 assets, but have been presented above in a manner consistent with 2010 for comparability purposes.
The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out of Level 3 as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
The fair value measurements of the WHX/Bear Pension Plan assets using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) changed during 2010 due to the following:
2010 Changes in Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)       
             
  Fixed income securities  Fund of funds  Insurance contracts (c)  U.S. Small Cap Value 
Beginning balance as of January 1, 2010 $124  $27,594  $9,361  $- 
Transfers into Level 3 (a)      -   -   317 
Transfers out of Level 3 (b)      (229)  -   - 
Gains or losses included in changes in net assets  471   4,293   1,115   - 
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements                
Purchases  -   -   9,008   - 
Issuances  -   -   -   - 
Sales  -   -   -   - 
Settlements  -   -   (10,216)  - 
Ending balance as of December 31, 2010 $595  $31,658  $9,268  $317 
                 
 Net unrealized gains (losses)  included in the changes in net assets, attributable to investments still held at the reporting date $471  $4,293  $1,115  $- 
(a)  Transferred from Level 2 to Level 3 because of lack of observable market data due to decreases in market activity for these securities.
(b)  Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 upon expiration of the restrictions.
(c)  Insurance contracts cannot be redeemed or transferred as these investments secure the insurance contracts that retirees of the WHX Pension Plan are due as part of their benefit payments.
2009 Changes in Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 
       
  Fixed income securities  Fund of funds 
Beginning balance as of January 1, 2009 $-  $1,383 
Transfers into Level 3  -   - 
Transfers out of Level 3  -   (333)
Gains or losses included in changes in net assets  (306)  8,185 
Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements  430   18,359 
Ending balance as of December 31, 2009 $124  $27,594 
The category, fair value, redemption frequency, and redemption notice period for those assets for which fair value is estimated using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) as of December 31, 2010 were as follows:
2010 Fair Value Estimated using NAV per Share (or its equivalent)
Class NameDescription
Fair Value
(in thousands)
Redemption
frequency
Redemption Notice
Period
Fund of fundsLong Short Equity Fund $               4,488 Quarterly45 day notice
Fund of fundsCredit Long short hedge fund                31,087 2 year lock90 day notice
Fund of fundsMulti-strategy hedge funds                     362 Quarterly45 day notice
Fund of fundsFund of fund composites - side pocket                     571 NoneNot determinable
Fund of fundsFund of fund composites                27,566Quarterly45 day notice
Common trust fundsEvent driven hedge funds                97,258 Quarterly45 day notice
The Company’s Pension Plans’ asset allocations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, are as follows:
  WHX/Bear Plans 
  2010  2009 
Asset Category      
Cash and cash equivalents  35%  32%
Equity securities  7%  8%
Fixed income securities  10%  10%
Insurance contracts  3%  3%
Common trust funds  27%  30%
Fund of funds  18%  17%
   Total  100%  100%
Contributions
Employer contributions consist of funds paid from employer assets into a qualified pension trust account. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that satisfies the minimum funding standards of ERISA.
The Company expects to have required minimum contributions for the WHX Pension Plan for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.   Required future contributions are based upon assumptions such as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
Benefit Payments
Estimated future benefit payments for the benefit plans over the next ten years are as follows (in thousands):
  Pension  Other Postretirement 
Years Benefits  Benefits 
         2011  $35,680  $198 
         2012   35,622   211 
         2013   35,462   218 
         2014   35,252   228 
         2015   34,987   242 
2016-2020   168,804   1,217 

Non-Qualified Pension Plans
In addition to the aforementioned benefit plans, H&H had a non-qualified pension plan for certain current and retired employees.  Such plan adopted an amendment effective January 1, 2006, to freeze benefits under the plan.  In 2009, H&H decided to cash out any remaining participants in the plan in 2010, and the final payout of participant balances was made in December 2010.
The components of pension (income) expense for the Company’s non-qualified pension plans included the following:
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Interest cost $11  $11 
Settlement credit  (13)  - 
Total $(2) $11 
                Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit expense (income) for the period are as follows:
  2010  2009 
  Discount rate  5.55%  6.00%
  Rate of compensation increase  N/A   N/A 
The measurement date for plan obligations is December 31. The discount rate is the rate at which the plan’s obligations could be effectively settled and is based on high quality bond yields as of the measurement date.

Summarized below is a reconciliation of the funded status for the Company’s non-qualified pension plan:
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation:      
  Benefit obligation at January 1 $220  $242 
  Service cost  -   - 
  Interest cost  11   11 
  Actuarial gain  -   (27)
  Benefits paid  (231)  (6)
  Benefit obligation at December 31 $-  $220 
         
Plan assets $-  $- 
Funded status $-  $(220)
         
The pre tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:
        
  Net actuarial gain $-  $(13)
         
Accumulated benefit obligation for defined benefit pension plans :
        
   Accumulated benefit obligation at January 1 $220  $242 
   Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31  -   220 

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 are as follows:
  2010  2009 
  Discount rate  N/A   5.55%
  Rate of compensation increase  N/A   N/A 
Contributions
The non-qualified plan is not funded.  Employer contributions are equal to annual benefit payments.
Benefit Payments
The Company does not expect that there will be any future benefit payments for the H&H non-qualified plan.

401(k) Plans
Certain employees participate in a Company sponsored savings plan which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  This savings plan allows eligible employees to contribute from 1% to 75% of their income on a pretax basis.  In January 2009, the Company suspended its employer contributions to the 401(k) savings plan for all employees not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In January 2010, the matching contribution was reinstated, with a match of 50% of the first 6% of the employee’s contribution, provided that employees had made an election to participate in the 401(k) savings plan on or before January 31, 2010.  The charge to expense for the Company’s matching contribution amounted to $1.3 million in 2010 and $-0- in 2009.
Note 8 – Income Taxes
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Income (loss) before income taxes:      
Domestic $890  $(19,157)
Foreign  6,887   1,590 
           Total income (loss) before income taxes $7,777  $(17,567)


The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the two years ended December 31 is as follows:
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Income Taxes      
Current      
Domestic $2,271  $190 
Foreign  1,379   31 
      Total income taxes, current $3,650  $221 
Deferred        
Domestic $(279) $(744)
Foreign  (95)  26 
      Total income taxes, deferred $(374) $(718)
Income tax  provision (benefit) $3,276  $(497)
Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in the financial basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The amounts shown on the following table represent the tax effect of temporary differences between the Company’s consolidated tax return basis of assets and liabilities and the corresponding basis for financial reporting, as well as tax credit and operating loss carryforwards.
Deferred Income Tax Sources 2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Current Deferred Tax Items:      
Inventory $3,805  $1,954 
Environmental Costs  2,301   2,509 
Accrued Expenses  3,605   2,306 
Miscellaneous Other  868   828 
   Current deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance  10,579   7,597 
    Valuation allowance  (9,341)  (6,574)
    Current deferred tax asset $1,238  $1,023 
         
Foreign $(355) $(300)
    Current deferred tax liability $(355) $(300)
         
Non-Current Deferred Tax Items:        
Postretirement and postemployment employee benefits $999  $1,243 
Net operating loss carryforwards  69,890   77,530 
Capital loss carryforward  2,148   - 
Additional minimum pension liability  42,903   39,394 
Impairment of long-lived assets  3,092   4,029 
California tax credits  344   411 
Foreign tax credits  443   443 
Minimum tax credit carryforwards  2,163   1,950 
Miscellaneous other  327   161 
   Non current deferred tax asset before valuation allowance  122,309   125,161 
   Valuation allowance  (107,348)  (106,719)
    Non current deferred tax asset  14,961   18,442 
         
Property plant and equipment  (10,318)  (12,177)
Intangible assets  (6,203)  (7,908)
Undistributed foreign earnings  (1,272)  (1,489)
Other-net  (1,156)  (1,126)
     Non current deferred tax liability  (18,949)  (22,700)
     Net non current deferred tax liability $(3,988) $(4,258)
GAAP requires that a net deferred tax asset be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will not be realized. Due to the Company’s recurring tax losses and only recent history of generating limited amounts of taxable income, a valuation allowance of $116.7 million has been established.  Included in deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010 are U.S. federal NOLs of $187.0 million ($65.4 million tax-effected), as well as certain foreign and state NOLs.  The U.S. federal NOLs expire between 2017 and 2029.  Management performs a periodic evaluation of deferred tax assets and will adjust the valuation allowance as circumstances warrant. Also, included in deferred income tax assets are tax credit carryforwards of $3.0 million. The net current deferred tax asset is expected to be realizable from the reversal of offsetting temporary differences.
Net income taxes payable totaled $3.0 million and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Upon its emergence from bankruptcy on July 29, 2005, the Company experienced an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, which imposes annual limitations on the utilization of net operating carryforwards post ownership change. The Company believes it qualifies for the bankruptcy exception to the general Section 382 limitations.  Under this exception, the annual limitation imposed by Section 382 resulting from an ownership change will not apply; instead the NOLs must be reduced by certain interest expense paid to creditors who became stockholders as a result of the bankruptcy reorganization. Thus, the Company’s U.S. federal NOLs of $187.0 million as of December 31, 2010 include a reduction of $31.0 million ($10.8 million tax-effect).
As of December 31, 2010, the Company has a deferred income tax liability relating to $3.5 million of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries.  In addition, there were approximately $10.4 million of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that are deemed to be permanently reinvested, and thus, no deferred income taxes have been provided on these earnings.
Total federal, state and foreign income taxes paid in 2010 and 2009 were $2.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) as follows:
  Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009 
    
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax $7,777  $(17,567)
Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rate $2,665  $(6,148)
Increase (decrease)  in tax due to:        
Foreign dividend income  381   454 
Incentive stock options granted  2   74 
State income tax, net of federal effect  1,185   192 
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance  (234)  4,410 
Increase in liability for uncertain tax positions  233   409 
Change in estimated deferred state tax rate  -   (455)
Expiration of net operating loss carryforward  -   1,110 
Net effect of foreign tax  rate and tax holidays  (795)  (2,295)
Other, net  (161)  1,752 
Tax provision (benefit) $3,276  $(497)
GAAP provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if the position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.  At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $2.3 million and $2.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively, all of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.  The change in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in 2010 and 2009 was as follows:
  Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009 
       
Beginning balance $2,111  $2,127 
Additions for tax positions related to current year  233   263 
Additions due to interest accrued  101   91 
Tax positions of prior years:        
    Increase in liabilities, net  160   539 
    Payments  (72)  (425)
    Due to lapsed statutes of limitations  (267)  (484)
 Ending balance $2,266  $2,111 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of both December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $0.3 million of interest related to uncertain tax positions was accrued. No penalties were accrued.  It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by as much as $0.4 million during the next twelve months as a result of the lapse of the applicable statutes of limitations in certain taxing jurisdictions.  For federal income tax purposes, the statute of limitations for audit by the IRS is open for years 2007 through 2010. In addition, NOLs generated in prior years are subject to examination and potential adjustment by the IRS upon their utilization in future years’ tax returns.
Note 9 – Inventories
  December 31,  December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Finished products $20,363  $20,795 
In - process  8,110   7,002 
Raw materials  16,389   14,486 
Fine and fabricated precious metal in various stages of completion  12,151   6,482 
   57,013   48,765 
LIFO reserve  (6,693)  (1,632)
  $50,320  $47,133 
Fine and Fabricated Precious Metal Inventory

In order to produce certain of its products, H&H purchases, maintains and utilizes precious metal inventory. H&H records its precious metal inventory at LIFO cost, subject to lower of cost or market with any adjustments recorded through cost of goods sold.  The market value of the precious metal inventory exceeded LIFO cost by $6.7 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.  The Company recorded a favorable non-cash LIFO liquidation gain of $0.2 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 compared to a gain of $0.6 during the same period of 2009.
Certain customers and suppliers of H&H choose to do business on a “toll” basis, and furnish precious metal to H&H for return in fabricated form (“customer metal”) or for purchase from or return to the supplier. When the customer metal is returned in fabricated form, the customer is charged a fabrication charge. The value of this customer metal is not included in the Company’s balance sheet.  As of December 31, 2010, H&H’s customer metal consisted of 166,637 ounces of silver, 557 ounces of gold, and 1,396 ounces of palladium.
  December 31,  December 31, 
Supplemental inventory information: 2010  2009 
       
       
 Precious metals stated at LIFO cost (in thousands) $5,458  $4,850 
         
 Market value per ounce:        
    Silver $30.92  $16.83 
    Gold $1,421.07  $1,095.78 
    Palladium $797.00  $402.00 

Note 10 – Derivative Instruments

H&H enters into commodity futures and forwards contracts on precious metal that are subject to market fluctuations in order to economically hedge its precious metal inventory against price fluctuations.  As of December 31, 2010 the Company had entered into forward and future contracts for gold with a total value of $1.1 million and for silver with a total value of $7.4 million.

The Company also economically hedges its exposure on variable interest rate debt denominated in foreign currencies at certain of its foreign subsidiaries.

As these derivatives are not designated as accounting hedges under ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“ASC 815”), they are accounted for as derivatives with no hedge designation.  The derivatives are marked to market and both realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in current period earnings in the Company's consolidated statement of operations.  Such gains and losses are recorded on a separate line of the statement of operations in the case of the precious metal contracts and in interest expense with respect to the interest rate derivative. The Company’s hedging strategy is designed to protect it against normal volatility.  However, abnormal price increases in these commodity or foreign exchange markets could negatively impact H&H’s costs.  The twelve month periods ended December 2010 and December 2009 include a net loss of $5.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, on precious metal contracts.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had the following outstanding forward or future contracts with settlement dates ranging from February 2011 to March 2011.

CommodityAmount
Silver240,000 ounces
Gold800 ounces
In addition, as described in Note 13-“Debt”, the Company’s Subordinated Notes have embedded call premiums and warrants associated with them. The Company has treated the fair value of these features together as both a discount and a derivative liability at inception of the loan agreement, valued at $4.7 million. The discount is being amortized over the life of the notes as an adjustment to interest expense, and the derivative liability is marked to market at each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2010, a mark to market adjustment of $0.4 million was charged to unrealized losses on derivatives, increasing the fair value of the derivative liability to $5.1 million.

GAAP requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the balance sheet.
Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands)   Years Ended December 31, 
    2010  2009 
Derivative Statement of Operations Line Gain (Loss) 
         
Commodity contracts Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivatives $(5,571) $(777)
Derivative features of Subordinated Notes Realized and Unrealized Loss on Derivatives $(412) $- 
Interest rate swap Interest expense  -   (317)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments $(5,983) $(1,094)
           
Total derivatives   $(5,983) $(1,094)
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands)        
    December 31,  December 31, 
Derivative Balance Sheet Location 2010  2009 
         
Commodity contracts Other current liabilities $(40) $(54)
Derivative features of Subordinated Notes Long-term debt & Long term debt-related party $(5,096)  - 
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments    (5,136)  (54)
           
Total derivatives   $(5,136) $(54)

Note 11 – Property, Plant & Equipment
  December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Land $8,053  $8,949 
Buildings, machinery and equipment  160,652   157,610 
Construction in progress  3,419   1,721 
   172,124   168,280 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  93,901   85,040 
  $78,223  $83,240 
Depreciation expense for the years 2010 and 2009 was $13.5 million and $14.1 million, respectively.
Note 12 – Goodwill and Other Intangibles
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were as follows:
Segment 
Balance at
January 1, 2009
  
Acquisitions/
Adjustments
  Impairment  
Balance at
December 31, 2009
  Accumulated Impairment Losses 
(in thousands)               
Precious Metal $1,506  $15  $-  $1,521  $- 
Tubing  1,895   -   -   1,895   - 
Engineered Materials  51,232   -   -   51,232   - 
Arlon Electronic Materials  10,438   -   (1,140)  9,298   (1,140)
      Total $65,071  $15  $(1,140) $63,946  $(1,140)
Segment 
Balance at
January 1, 2010
  
Acquisitions/
Adjustments
  Impairment  
Balance at
December 31, 2010
  Accumulated Impairment Losses 
Precious Metal $1,521  $(29) $-  $1,492  $- 
Tubing  1,895   -   -   1,895   - 
Engineered Materials  51,232   -   -   51,232   - 
Arlon Electronic Materials  9,298   -   -   9,298   (1,140)
      Total $63,946  $(29) $-  $63,917  $(1,140)
The Company conducted the required annual goodwill impairment reviews in 2010 and 2009, and computed updated valuations for each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow approach, as described in Note 2 “Summary of Accounting Policies”.  As of June 30, 2009, the Company had conducted an interim goodwill impairment review of its Silicone Technology Division (“STD”) reporting unit principally because  of continuing adverse business conditions for STD, which resulted in a decline in the estimated future cash flows of STD.  Based on the results of these reviews, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $1.1 million in the third quarter of 2009.  The Silicone Technology Division is part of the Arlon EM segment.
Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 consisted of:
   (in thousands)                     
  December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009  Weighted Average Amortization Life 
  Cost  Accumulated Amortization  Net  Cost  Accumulated Amortization  Net 
                    (in years) 
Products and customer relationships $34,035  $(8,204) $25,831  $34,035  $(6,032) $28,003   16.3 
Trademark/Brand name  3,928   (1,043)  2,885   3,928   (755)  3,173   16.5 
Patents and patent applications  3,153   (893)  2,260   2,387   (674)  1,713   14.9 
Non-compete agreements  756   (656)  100   756   (361)  395   4.4 
Other  1,409   (947)  462   1,542   (895)  647   8.0 
     Total $43,281  $(11,743) $31,538  $42,648  $(8,717) $33,931     
                Amortization expense in both 2010 and 2009 totaled $3.0 million. The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter is as follows:
  
Products and
Customer
Relationships
  Trademarks  
Patents and
Patent
Applications
  
Non-Compete
Agreements
  Other  Total 
(in thousands)                  
2011 $2,168  $288  $205  $100  $187  $2,948 
2012  2,168   288   216   -   73   2,745 
2013  2,168   288   205   -   47   2,708 
2014  2,168   288   205   -   48   2,709 
2015  2,168   288   222   -   48   2,726 
Thereafter  14,991   1,445   1,207   -   59   17,702 
  $25,831  $2,885  $2,260  $100  $462  $31,538 
As of December 31, 2010, approximately $2.8 million of goodwill related to prior acquisitions made by Bairnco is expected to be amortizable for income tax purposes.

Note 13 – Debt
Debt at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:
  Years Ended December 31, 
(in thousands) 2010  2009 
       
Short term debt      
First Lien Revolver $42,635  $18,654 
Foreign  255   433 
    Total short-term debt  42,890   19,087 
         
Long-term debt - non related party:        
First Lien Term Loans  20,300   13,875 
Second Lien Term Loans  25,000   74,965 
10% Subordinated Notes, net of unamortized discount  40,519   - 
Other H&H debt-domestic  7,286   7,436 
Foreign loan facilities  2,764   4,774 
    Total debt to non related party  95,869   101,050 
Less portion due within one year  4,452   5,944 
    Long-term debt to non related party  91,417   95,106 
         
Long-term debt - related party:        
10% Subordinated Notes, net of unamortized discount  32,547   - 
H&H Term B Loan  -   44,098 
Bairnco Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement  -   10,000 
         Long-term debt - related party  32,547   54,098 
         
Total long-term debt  123,964   149,204 
         
Paid in kind interest transferred to 10% subordinated notes in 2010  -   13,397 
         
Total long-term debt including paid in kind ("PIK") interest  123,964   162,601 
         
Total debt and PIK interest $171,306  $187,632 

Long term debt as of December 31, 2010 matures in each of the next five years as follows:
Long-term Debt Maturity                     
(in thousands) Total  2011  2012  2013  2014  2015  Thereafter 
 Long-term debt - non-related parties $95,869  $4,452  $41,366  $3,002  $252  $252  $46,545 
 Long term debt - related party  32,547   -   -   -   -   -   32,547 
  $128,416  $4,452  $41,366  $3,002  $252  $252  $79,092 

Credit Facilities
On October 15, 2010, HNH refinanced substantially all of its indebtedness principally with its existing lenders or their affiliates.  The refinancing was effected through a newly formed, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, H&H Group, which is the direct parent of H&H and Bairnco.

Wells Fargo Facility

On October 15, 2010, H&H Group, together with certain of its subsidiaries, entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Wells Fargo Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder.  The Wells Fargo Facility provides for a $21 million senior term loan to H&H Group and certain of its Subsidiaries (the “First Lien Term Loan”) and established a revolving credit facility with borrowing availability of up to a maximum aggregate principal amount equal to $110 million less the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan (such amount, initially $89 million), dependent on the levels of and collateralized by eligible accounts receivable and inventory  (the “First Lien Revolver”).

The First Lien Revolver requires a lockbox arrangement, which provides for all receipts to be swept daily to reduce borrowings outstanding under the credit facility. This arrangement, combined with the existence of a subjective acceleration clause in the revolving credit facility, necessitates the revolving credit facility be classified as a current liability on the balance sheet. The acceleration clause allows the Company’s lenders to forgo additional advances should they determine there has been a material adverse change in the Company’s financial position or prospects reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on its business, condition, operations, performance, or properties. Management believes that no such material adverse change has occurred. In addition, at December 31, 2010, the Company’s lenders had not informed the Company that any such event had occurred. The revolving credit facility expires on June 30, 2012. As of December 31, 2010, the revolver balance was $42.6 million.

The amounts outstanding under the Wells Fargo Facility bear interest at LIBOR plus applicable margins of between 2.50% and 3.50% (3.25% for the term loan and 2.75% for the revolver at December 31, 2010), or at the U.S. base rate (the prime rate) plus 0.50% to 1.50% (1.25% for the term loan and 0.75% for the revolver at December 31, 2010).  The applicable margins for the First Lien Revolver and the First Lien Term Loan are dependent on H&H Group’s Quarterly Average Excess Availability for the prior quarter,person, as that term is definedused in applicable SEC regulations, in the agreement.  As of December 31, 2010, the First Lien Term Loan bore interest at a weighted average interest rate of 3.56% and the First Lien Revolver bore interest at a weighted average interest rate of 3.25%.  Principal payments of the First Lien Term Loan are due in equal monthly installments of approximately $0.35 million, commencing November 1, 2010.  All amounts outstanding under the Wells Fargo Facility are due and payable in full on June 30, 2012.

Obligations under the Wells Fargo Facility are collateralized by first priority security interests in and liens upon all present and future assets of H&H Group and substantially all of its subsidiaries.

New Ableco Facility

On October 15, 2010, H&H Group, together with certain of its subsidiaries, also entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Ableco, L.L.C. (“Ableco”), as administrative agent for the lenders thereunder (the “New Ableco Facility”).  The New Ableco Facility provides for a $25 million subordinated term loan to H&H Group and certain of its subsidiaries (the “Second Lien Term Loan”).  The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest on the principal amount thereof at the U.S. base rate (the prime rate) plus 7.50% or LIBOR (or, if greater, 1.75%) plus 9.00%.  As of December 31, 2010, the Second Lien Term Loan bore interest at a rate of 10.75% per annum.  All amounts outstanding under the New Ableco Facility are due and payable in full on June 30, 2012.
Obligations under the New Ableco Facility are collateralized by second priority security interests in and liens upon all present and future assets of H&H Group and substantially all of its subsidiaries.
Covenants

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each has a cross-default provision.  If H&H Group is deemed in default of one agreement, then it is in default of the other.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility contain covenants requiring minimum Trailing Twelve Months (“TTM”) Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) of $40 million and $45 million, respectively.  H&H Group is required to maintain TTM EBITDA of $45 million until such time as the New Ableco Facility is paid in full.  The covenant will then adjust to $40 million.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each contain a minimum TTM Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1:1 which requires that Fixed Charges, as defined in the agreements, are at least equal to TTM EBITDA at the measurement date.

The New Ableco Facility contains a maximum TTM Senior Leverage Ratio covenant which represents the ratio of senior debt to TTM EBITDA.  The ratio declines by 5/100ths each quarter: December 2010, 2.95; March 2011, 2.90; June 2011, 2.85; September 2011, 2.80; December 2011, 2.75 and March 2012, 2.70.  H&H Group is required to maintain a maximum TTM Senior Leverage Ratio covenant following the New Ableco Facility schedule until such time as the New Ableco Facility is paid in full.

The Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility each contain a maximum amount for capital expenditures over the preceding four quarter period.  The December 2010 covenant is $21 million; increasing to $22 million in March 2011 and increasing to $23 million in June 2011.  The covenant remains $23 million thereafter.

The Company is in compliance with all of the debt covenants at December 31, 2010.

Subordinated Notes and Warrants

In addition, on October 15, 2010, H&H Group refinanced the prior indebtedness of H&H and Bairnco to the SPII Liquidating Series Trusts (Series A and Series E) (the “Steel Trusts”), each constituting a separate series of the SPII Liquidating Trust as successor-in-interest to SPII.  In accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement entered into on October 15, 2010 by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries and the Steel Trusts (the “Exchange Agreement”), H&H Group made an approximately $6 million cash payment in partial satisfaction of prior indebtedness to the Steel Trusts and exchanged the remainder of such prior obligations for units consisting of (a) $72,925,500 aggregate principal amount of 10% subordinated secured notes due 2017 (the “Subordinated Notes”) issued by H&H Group pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by and among H&H Group, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo, as trustee,  and (b) warrants, exercisable beginning October 14, 2013, to purchase an aggregate of 1,500,806 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share (the “Warrants”).  The Subordinated Notes and Warrants may not be transferred separately until October 14, 2013.

All obligations outstanding under the Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum, 6% of which is payable in cash and 4% of which is payable in-kind. The Subordinated Notes, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, mature on October 15, 2017.  All amounts owed under the Subordinated Notes are guaranteed by substantially all of H&H Group’s subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of their assets.  The Subordinated Notes are contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility. The Subordinated Notes are redeemable until October 14, 2013, at H&H Group’s option, upon payment of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the applicable premium set forth in the Indenture (the “Applicable Redemption Price”).  If H&H Group or its subsidiary guarantors undergo certain types of fundamental changes prior to the maturity date of the Subordinated Notes, holders thereof will, subject to certain exceptions, have the right, at their option, to require H&H Group to purchase for cash any or all of their Subordinated Notes at the Applicable Redemption Price.

The Subordinated Notes have embedded call premiums and warrants associated with them, as described above. The Company has treated the fair value of these features together as both a discount and a derivative liability at inception of the loan agreement, valued at $4.7 million. The discount is being amortized over the life of the notes as an adjustment to interest expense, and the derivative liability is marked to market at each balance sheet date. As of December 31, 2010, a mark to market adjustment of $0.4 million was charged to unrealized losses on derivatives, increasing the fair value of the derivative liability to $5.1 million.

The Subordinated Notes contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, certain of which only apply the event that the Wells Fargo Facility and the New Ableco Facility and any refinancing indebtednesses with respect thereto are repaid in full, and events of default.  The Company is in compliance with all of the debt covenants at December 31, 2010.

In connection with the issuance of the Subordinated Notes and Warrants, the Company and H&H Group also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 15, 2010 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Steel Trusts.  Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the resale of the Warrants and the shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  H&H Group also agreed, upon receipt of a request by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes, to file with the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the resale of the Subordinated Notes.

A loss on debt extinguishment of $1.2 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2010 in connection with the October 15, 2010 refinancing of the Company’s credit agreements. The loss on debt extinguishment consists of financing fees paid by the Company in connection with amendments to the extinguished debt.

A subsidiary of H&H has a mortgage agreement on its facility which is collateralized by the real property.  The mortgage balance was $7.3 million as of December 31, 2010.  The mortgage bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.7%, or 2.97% at December 31, 2010.  The maturity date is October 8, 2015.
The foreign loans reflect borrowings by two of the Company’s Chinese subsidiaries totaling $3.0 million as of December 31, 2010. Such borrowings are collateralized by US dollar denominated letters of credit totaling $2.1 million, and $1.9 million by a mortgage on one facility.  Interest rates on amounts borrowed under the foreign loan facilities averaged 4.12% at December 31, 2010.
The Company has approximately $5.9 million of irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2010 which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. $2.9 million of the letters of credit guarantee various insurance activities, $2.1 million serve as collateral for borrowings of two Chinese subsidiaries, and the remaining $0.9 million are for environmental and other matters. These letters of credit mature at various dates and some have automatic renewal provisions subject to prior notice of cancellation.
In 2009 and in 2010 prior to the refinancing of the Company’s debt, H&H and Bairnco had the following credit arrangements:
Handy & Harman
H&H’s financing agreements included its Loan and Security Agreement with Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wachovia”), as agent (the “Wachovia Facilities”), which provided for revolving credit and term loan facilities, and its Loan and Security Agreement with SPII Liquidating Series Trust (Series E), (the “SP II Series E Trust”), as successor-in-interest to SP II (the “Term B Loan”).
The Wachovia Facilities provided for maximum borrowings of $115 million, consisting of a revolving credit facility of up to $75 million of borrowings dependent on the levels of and collateralized by eligible accounts receivable and inventory. In addition, the Wachovia Facilities also included term loans funded by Ableco. The term loans were collateralized by eligible machinery and equipment and real estate. The revolving credit facility and the term and supplemental loans payable under the Wachovia Facilities bore interest at LIBOR, which shall at no time be less than 1.00%, plus applicable margins of between 2.75% and 3.75%, or the U.S. Base rate (Prime rate, which shall at no time be less than 3.00%) plus 1.00% to 2.00%. The applicable margin for the revolving credit facility and the term loans payable under the Wachovia Facilities was dependent on H&H’s Quarterly Average Excess Availability for the prior quarter, as that term was defined in the agreement. The term loans payable to Ableco bore interest at LIBOR, which shall at no time be less than 3.25%, plus an applicable margin of 11.75%, or the U.S. Base rate (Prime rate, which shall at no time be less than 5.00%) plus 10.00%.   The Wachovia Facilities were scheduled to mature on June 30, 2011.

The Term B Loan also was scheduled to mature on June 30, 2011.  H&H was indebted to SP II under the Term B Loan until July 15, 2009, when SP II assigned its interest in the Term B Loan to SP II Series E Trust.  The Term B Loan provided for annual payments based on 40% of excess cash flow as defined in the agreement (no principal payments were currently payable).  Interest accrued monthly at the Prime Rate plus 14%, and at no time shall the Prime Rate (as that term is defined in the agreement) be below 4.0%. The Term B Loan had a second priority security interest in and lien on all assets of H&H, subject to the prior lien of the Wachovia Facilities and H&H’s $17 million guaranty and security interest for the benefit of Ableco as agent of the Bairnco indebtedness.
Bairnco
Bairnco’s financing agreements included its Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. (“Wells Fargo”), as arranger and administrative agent thereunder ( the “Wells Fargo Facility”), which provided for revolving credit and term loan facilities, its Loan and Security Agreement with Ableco (the “Ableco Facility”) and its Loan and Security Agreement with SPII Liquidating Series Trust (Series A), (the “SP II Series A Trust”), as successor-in-interest to SP II (the “Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement”), both of which were also term loan facilities.
The Wells Fargo Facility provided for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million and a term loan facility of $28.0 million.  Borrowings under the Wells Fargo Facility bore interest, (A) in the case of base rate advances at 0.75% above the Wells Fargo Prime rate and base rate term loans at 1.25% above the Wells Fargo Prime rate, and (B) in the case of LIBOR rate loans, at rates of 3.00% for advances or 3.50% for term loans, as applicable, above the LIBOR rate.  Obligations under the Wells Fargo Facility were guaranteed by certain of Bairnco’s subsidiaries, and secured by a first priority lien on all assets of Bairnco and such subsidiaries. The scheduled maturity date of the indebtedness under the Wells Fargo Facility was July 17, 2012.
The Ableco Facility provided for a term loan facility of $48.0 million.  Borrowings under the Ableco Facility bore interest, in the case of base rate loans, at 6.50% above the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank in New York, New York as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate, and, in the case of LIBOR rate loans, at 9.00 % above the LIBOR rate. Obligations under the Ableco Facility were guaranteed by Bairnco and certain of its subsidiaries, and secured by a second priority lien on all of their assets. The Ableco Facility was also collateralized by a limited guaranty by H&H of up to $17 million, secured by a second lien on all of the assets of H&H pursuant to the terms and conditions of the H&H Security Agreement and the H&H Guaranty.  The scheduled maturity date of the Ableco Facility was July 17, 2012.
The Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement provided for a term loan facility.  Bairnco was indebted to SP II under the Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement until July 15, 2009, when SP II assigned its interest in the Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement to SP II Series A Trust.  All borrowings under the Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement bore interest at 9.50% above the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank in New York, New York as its reference rate, base rate or prime rate. Principal, interest and all fees payable under the Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement were due and payable on the scheduled maturity date, January 17, 2013. Obligations under the Subordinated Debt Credit Agreement were guaranteed by Bairnco and certain of its subsidiaries, and collateralized by a subordinated priority lien on their assets.

Interest
Cash interest paid in 2010 was $10.1 million.  Cash interest paid in 2009 was $12.6 million. The Company has not capitalized any interest costs in 2010 or 2009.
As of December 31, 2010, the revolving and term loans under the Wells Fargo Facility bore interest at rates ranging from 3.04% to 4.50%; and the New Ableco Facility bore interest at 10.75%.  The Subordinated Notes bore interest at 10.00% as of December 31, 2010.  Weighted average interest rates for thefiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were 11.58% and 10.85%, respectively.

Note 14 – Earnings per Share
The computation of basic earnings or loss per common share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share gives effect to dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period.  The Company has potentially dilutive common share equivalents including stock options and other stock-based incentive compensation arrangements (See Note 16-“Stock-Based Compensation”).
No common share equivalents were dilutive in 2010 since the exercise price of the Company’s stock options and other stock-based incentive compensation arrangements was in excess of the average market price of the Company’s common stock. No common share equivalents were dilutive in 2009 because the Company reported a net loss and therefore, any outstanding stock options would have had an anti-dilutive effect.  As of December 31, 2010, stock options for an aggregate of 57,500 shares of common stock are excluded from the calculation of net income per share.
A reconciliation of the income and shares used in the earnings (loss) per share computations follows:
  Years Ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands, except per share) 
Basic and Diluted calculations:      
       
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax $4,501  $(17,070)
   Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  12,179   12,179 
         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax, per common share $0.37  $(1.40)
         
Discontinued operations $589  $(4,171)
Weighted average number of comon shares outstanding  12,179   12,179 
         
Discontinued operations per common share $0.05  $(0.34)
         
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding  12,179   12,179 
         
Net income (loss) per common share $0.42  $(1.74)

Note 15 – Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
Authorized and Outstanding Shares
On January 31, 2008, HNH’s stockholders approved a proposal to set the Company’s authorized capital stock at a total of 100,000,000 shares, consisting of 95,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.  On September 16, 2008, HNH’s stockholders approved a proposal to further increase the Company’s authorized capital stock to a total of 185,000,000 shares, consisting of 180,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
Of the authorized shares, no shares of Preferred Stock have been issued, and 12,178,565 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Although the Board of Directors of HNH is expressly authorized to fix the designations, preferences and rights, limitations or restrictions of the Preferred Stock by adoption of a Preferred Stock Designation resolution, the Board of Directors has not yet done so.  The Common Stock of HNH has voting power, is entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend rights of any then-outstanding Preferred Stock, and in liquidation, after distribution of the preferential amount, if any, due to the Preferred Stockholders, are entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the corporation.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances, net of tax, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Net actuarial losses and prior service costs and credits $(139,114) $(122,465)
Foreign currency translation adjustment  3,249   4,063 
  $(135,865) $(118,402)

Note 16 – Stock-Based Compensation
The Company measures stock-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service (vesting) period.
At the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders on December 9, 2010, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the Company’s 2007 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2007 Plan”) to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved from 80,000 shares to 1,200,000 shares of common stock under the 2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan permits options to be granted up to a maximum contractual term of 10 years.  The Company’s policy is to use shares of unissued common stock upon exercise of stock options.
The Company estimated the fair value of the stock options granted in accordance with GAAP using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  The expected average risk-free rate is based on U.S. treasury yield curve. The expected average life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of HNH’s post-bankruptcy common stock. The expected dividend yield is based on historical information and management’s plan.  
The Company has recorded $-0- and $0.3 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to its stock-based incentive arrangements in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Activity related to the Company’s 2007 Plan was as follows:
Options Shares (000's)  Weighted-Average Exercise Price  Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)  Aggregate Intrinsic Value (000's) 
             
Outstanding options at December 31, 2009  60  $90.00   6.30   - 
Granted  -   -   -   - 
Exercised  -   -   -   - 
Forfeited or expired  (2)  90.00   -   - 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010  58  $90.00   5.34   - 
                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2010  58  $90.00   5.34   - 
                 
Nonvested OptionsShares (000's)
Nonvested options at December 31, 20096
Granted-
Vested(4)
Forfeited(2)
Nonvested options at December 31, 2010-
As of December 31, 2010 there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share based compensation arrangements granted under the 2007 Plan. The total fair value of options vested in 2010 and 2009 was $-0- and $0.5 million, respectively.
On July 6, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted incentive arrangements for two members of the Board of Directors who are related parties to the Company. These arrangements provide, among other things, for each to receive a bonus equal to 10,000 multiplied by the difference of the fair market value of the Company’s stock price and $90.00 per share.  The bonus is payable immediately upon the sending of a notice by either board member, respectively.  The incentive arrangements terminate July 6, 2015, to the extent not previously received. Under GAAP, the Company is required to adjust its obligation for the fair value of such incentive arrangements from the date of actual grant to the latest balance sheet date and to record such incentive arrangements as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company has recorded $0.2 million of non-cash expense in 2010 and $0.1 million of non-cash income in 2009 related to these incentive arrangements.
Note 17 – Commitments and Contingencies
Operating Lease Commitments:
The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements.  Rent expense for the Company in 2010 and 2009 was $7.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively.  Future minimum operating lease and rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
Year Amount 
2011  $6,144 
2012   4,838 
2013   2,098 
2014   1,388 
2015   1,187 
2016 and thereafter   5,437 
   $21,092 
On June 30, 2008, Arlon Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bairnco and part of its Arlon Electronic Materials segment, (i) sold land and a building located in Rancho Cucamonga, California for $8.5 million and (ii) leased back such property under a 15 year operating lease with two 5-year renewal options.  The annual lease payments are $570,000, and are subject to a maximum increase of 5% per annum.  The lease expires in 2023. Such amounts are included in the operating lease commitment table above.  Bairnco has agreed to guarantee the payment and performance of Arlon Inc. under the lease. To account for the sale leaseback, the property was removed from the books, but the recognition of a $1.8 million gain on the sale of the property was deferred and will be recognized ratably over the 15 year lease term as a reduction of lease expense.  Approximately $1.5 million and $1.6 million of such deferred gain was included in Other Long-term Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Legal Matters:

Paul E. Dixon & Dennis C. Kelly v. Handy & Harman

Paul Dixon and Dennis Kelly, two former officers of H&H (the “Claimants”) filed a Statement of Claim with the American Arbitration Association (the “Arbitration”) on or about January 3, 2006.  The Claimants were employees of H&H until September 2005 when their employment was terminated by H&H.  Their arbitration claims included seeking payments allegedly due under employment contracts and allegedly arising from their terminations, and seeking recovery of benefits under what they allege was the H&H Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“H&H SERP”).  In the Arbitration, Claimants sought an award in excess of $4.0 million each, among other things.  On March 10, 2006, all of the parties filed a stipulation with the court, discontinuing the court proceeding and agreeing therein, among other things, that all claims asserted by the Claimants in the Arbitration (which was also discontinued at that time) would be asserted in Supreme Court, Westchester County.

In January 2008, Mr. Kelly filed a lawsuit against WHX, H&H and various benefit plans (the “Defendants”) in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Mr. Dixon did not join in this lawsuit, and his counsel has not indicated whether Mr. Dixon intends to file his own lawsuit.  Mr. Kelly’s claims in this lawsuit are essentially the same claims that he asserted in the above-described arbitration and request for benefits.  Mr. Kelly’s complaint sought approximately $4.0 million in money damages plus unspecified punitive damages.   In April 2009, the Defendants filed a motion for summary judgment seeking dismissal of the case.  In an Opinion filed in February 2010, the district court granted Defendants’ motion for summary judgment, dismissed with prejudice Mr. Kelly’s claims under the H&H SERP and dismissed without prejudice Mr. Kelly’s state law breach of contract claim.  The district court also denied Mr. Kelly’s cross motion for summary judgment.  Mr. Kelly subsequently appealed to the United States Circuit Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) the dismissal of his claims related to the H&H SERP.  By Summary Order & Judgment filed on January 19. 2011, the Second Circuit affirmed the decision dismissing Mr. Kelly’s claims related to the H&H SERP.  Mr. Kelly retains the right to file a claim in state court on his breach of contract claim.  There can be no assurance that the Defendants will not have any liability on account of Mr. Kelly’s breach of contract claim.  Such liability, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Company.

Arista Development LLC V. Handy & Harman Electronic Materials Corporation (“HHEM”)

In 2004, HHEM, a subsidiary of H&H, entered into an agreement to sell a commercial/industrial property in Massachusetts (the “MA Property”).  Disputes between the parties resulted in the purchaser (plaintiff) initiating litigation in Bristol Superior Court in Massachusetts.  The plaintiff alleges that HHEM is liable for breach of contract relating to HHEM’s alleged breach of the agreement, unfair and deceptive acts and practices, and certain consequential and treble damages as a result of HHEM’s termination of the agreement in 2005, although HHEM subsequently revoked its notice of termination.  HHEM has denied liability and has been vigorously defending the case.  The court entered a preliminary injunction enjoining HHEM from conveying the property to anyone other than the plaintiff during the pendency of the case.  Discovery on liability and damages has been stayed while the parties are actively engaged in settlement discussions.  Since discovery is not completed, it cannot be known at this time whether it is foreseeable or probable that plaintiff would prevail in the litigation or whether HHEM would have any liability to the plaintiff.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of HHEM.

Electroplating Technologies, Ltd. v. Sumco, Inc.

Electroplating Technologies, Ltd. (“ETL”) filed a lawsuit against Sumco, a subsidiary of H&H, in Lehigh, Pennsylvania County Court of Common Pleas.  ETL contended that Sumco misappropriated trade secrets and breached contractual obligations with respect to certain allegedly proprietary and confidential ETL information.  ETL sought damages in excess of $4.55 million.  In its pretrial filings, ETL also asserted a claim for $9.0 million in punitive damages.  In May 2009, after a ten day trial, the jury found that Sumco had not misappropriated ETL’s trade secrets.  However, the jury found that Sumco had breached a contractual obligation owed to ETL and as compensation for that breach of contract, awarded ETL the sum of $0.3 million.  Following the jury verdict, the court denied ETL’s equitable requests for an injunction and for an accounting.  In May 2009, Sumco filed a motion with the court for judgment notwithstanding the verdict to set aside the damage award.  Also in May 2009, ETL filed a motion with the court seeking (i) a new trial and (ii) a modified verdict in the amount of $2.3 million.  In an order docketed in September 2009, the court denied ETL’s motion for a new trial and to increase the jury’s verdict.  The court then granted Sumco’s motion for a judgment notwithstanding the verdict and overturned the jury’s May 2009 award of $0.3 million against Sumco for breach of contract.  ETL appealed to the Pennsylvania Superior Court.  In an opinion filed in September 2010, the Pennsylvania Superior Court reinstated the jury verdict against Sumco and denied plaintiff’s request for a new trial and additional damages.  On October 7, 2010, pursuant to a Settlement Agreement and Release entered into between Sumco and ETL, the parties agreed to forego any further appeal and bring the lawsuit to final resolution, with no admission of liability by either party.  The financial terms and conditions of the settlement agreement, did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flow.
World Properties, Inc. et. al. v. Arlon, Inc.

In December 2008, World Properties, Inc. and Rogers Corporation (collectively, “Rogers”) filed a lawsuit against Arlon, Inc. (“Arlon”), a subsidiary of Bairnco, in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut.  The lawsuit alleged that Rogers is the exclusive licensee under U.S. Patent No. 5,552,210 and that Arlon’s TC600 circuit board infringed that patent.  In the complaint, Rogers demanded that Arlon cease the manufacture, sale and distribution of its TC600 circuit board and that the district court award unspecified damages to compensate Rogers for the alleged infringement.   In June 2009, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend its complaint in order to assert that a second Arlon product (AD 1000) infringed a second Rogers patent, U.S. Patent No. 5,384,181.   Also in June 2009, Arlon filed a motion for summary judgment seeking to dismiss all of plaintiffs’ patent infringement claims based upon the parties’ January 30, 1996 Asset Purchase Agreement (the “APA”).  In an order issued in October 2009, the district court granted Arlon’s motion for summary judgment and dismissed all of Rogers’ affirmative patent infringement claims.  In granting Arlon’s motion for summary judgment, the district court agreed with Arlon that Rogers’ claims of patent infringement were barred by a covenant not to sue contained in the APA.  Left to be resolved following the district court’s opinion were various counterclaims brought by Arlon against Rogers.  Pursuant to a Settlement Agreement and Release entered into between Arlon and Rogers on April 30, 2010, the parties agreed to resolve the remaining counterclaims, forego any appeal, and bring the lawsuit to final resolution, with no admission of liability by either party.  The financial terms and conditions of the settlement agreement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

Severstal Wheeling, Inc. Retirement Committee et. al. v. WPN Corporation et. al.
On November 15, 2010, the Severstal Wheeling, Inc. Retirement Committee (“Severstal”) filed a second amended complaint that added WHX Corporation as a defendant to litigation that Severstal had commenced in February 2010 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York.  Severstal’s second amended complaint alleges that WHX breached fiduciary duties under ERISA in connection with (i) the transfer in November 2008 of the pension plan assets  of Severstal Wheeling, Inc (“SWI”) from the WHX Pension Plan Trust to SWI’s pension trust and (ii) the subsequent management of SWI’s pension plan assets after their transfer.  In its second amended complaint, Severstal sought damages in an amount to be proved at trial as well as declaratory relief.  The Company believes that Severstal’s allegations are without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.  The Company filed a Motion to Dismiss on January 14, 2011, which was fully submitted to the District Court on February 14, 2011 and is now awaiting resolution by the District Court.  The Company’s liability, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of the Company.

Environmental Matters

H&H has been working with the Connecticut Department of Environmental Protection (“CTDEP”) with respect to its obligations under a 1989 consent order that applies to a property in Connecticut that H&H sold in 2003 (“Sold Parcel”) and an adjacent parcel (“Adjacent Parcel”) that together with the Sold Parcel comprises the site of a former H&H manufacturing facility.  Remediation of all soil conditions on the Sold Parcel was completed on April 6, 2007, although H&H performed limited additional work on that site, solely in furtherance of now concluded settlement discussions between H&H and the purchaser of the Sold Parcel.  Although no groundwater remediation is required, there will be monitoring of the Sold Parcel site for several years.  On September 11, 2008, the CTDEP advised H&H that it had approved H&H’s Soil Action Remediation Action Report, dated December 28, 2007 as amended by an addendum letter dated July 15, 2008, thereby concluding the active remediation of the Sold Parcel. Approximately $29.0 million was expended through December 31, 2009, and the remaining remediation and monitoring costs for the Sold Parcel are expected to approximate $0.3 million.  H&H previously received reimbursement of $2.0 million from an insurance company under a cost-cap insurance policy and in January 2010, net of attorney’s fees, H&H received $1.034 million as the final settlement of H&H’s claim for additional insurance coverage relating to the Sold Parcel.  H&H also has been conducting an environmental investigation of the Adjacent Parcel, and is continuing the process of evaluating various options for its remediation of the Adjacent Parcel. Since the total remediation costs for the Adjacent Parcel cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of H&H.

HHEM entered into an administrative consent order (the “ACO”) in 1986 with the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (“NJDEP”) with regard to certain property that it purchased in 1984 in New Jersey.  The ACO involves investigation and remediation activities to be performed with regard to soil and groundwater contamination.  HHEM and H&H settled a case brought by the local municipality in regard to this site in 1998 and also settled with certain of its insurance carriers.  HHEM is actively remediating the property and continuing to investigate effective methods for achieving compliance with the ACO.  A remedial investigation report was filed with the NJDEP in December 2007.  By letter dated December 12, 2008, NJDEP issued its approval with respect to additional investigation and remediation activities discussed in the December 2007 remedial investigation report.  HHEM anticipates entering into discussions with NJDEP to address that agency’s natural resource damage claims, the ultimate scope and cost of which cannot be estimated at this time.    Pursuant to a settlement agreement with the former owner/operator of the site, the responsibility for site investigation and remediation costs, as well as any other costs, as defined in the settlement agreement, related to or arising from environmental contamination on the property (collectively, “Costs”) are contractually allocated 75% to the former owner/operator (with separate guaranties by the two joint venture partners of the former owner/operator for 37.5% each) and 25% jointly to HHEM and H&H after the first $1.0 million.  The $1.0 million was paid solely by the former owner/operator.  As of December 31, 2010, over and above the $1.0 million, total investigation and remediation costs of approximately $1.6 million and $0.5 million have been expended by the former owner/operator and HHEM, respectively, in accordance with the settlement agreement.   Additionally, HHEM indirectly is currently being reimbursed through insurance coverage for a portion of the Costs for which HHEM is responsible.  HHEM believes that there is additional excess insurance coverage, which it intends to pursue as necessary. HHEM anticipates that there will be additional remediation expenses to be incurred once a remediation plan is agreed upon with NJDEP, and there is no assurance that the former owner/operator or guarantors will continue to timely reimburse HHEM for expenditures and/or will be financially capable of fulfilling their obligations under the settlement agreement and the guaranties.  The additional Costs cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of HHEM.
H&H and Bairnco (and/or one or more of their respective subsidiaries) have also been identified as potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) or similar state statutes at several sites and are parties to administrative consent orders in connection with certain other properties.  H&H and Bairnco (and/or one or more of their respective subsidiaries) may be subject to joint and several liabilities imposed by CERCLA on PRPs.  Due to the technical and regulatory complexity of remedial activities and the difficulties attendant in identifying PRPs and allocating or determining liability among them, H&H and Bairnco are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate cost of compliance with such laws.

H&H received a notice letter from the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) in August 2006 formally naming H&H as a PRP at a superfund site in Massachusetts (the “Superfund site”).  H&H is part of a group of thirteen (13) other PRPs (the “PRP Group”) to work cooperatively regarding remediation of the Superfund site.  H&H executed a participation agreement, consent decree and settlement trust on June 13, 2008 and all of the other PRP’s have signed as well.  In December 2008, the EPA lodged the consent decree with the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts and the consent decree was entered, after no comments were received during the thirty-day comment period on January 27, 2009.  With the entry and filing of the consent decree, H&H was required to make two payments in 2009: one payment of $0.2 million relating to the “true-up” of monies previously expended for remediation and a payment of $0.3 million for H&H’s share of the early action items for the remediation project. In addition, on March 11, 2009, WHX executed a financial guaranty of H&H’s obligations in connection with the Superfund site. The PRP Group has both chemical and radiological PRPs.  H&H is a chemical PRP; not a radiological PRP.  The remediation of radiological contamination at the site, under the direction of the Department of Energy (“DOE”), has begun but is not expected to be completed until the Fall of 2011 at the earliest, and it may be delayed even further due to inadequate funding in the federal program financing the DOE work.  Additional financial contributions will be required by the PRP Group when it starts its work upon completion of the DOE’s radiological remediation work.   H&H has recorded a significant liability in connection with this matter.  There can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not be material to the financial position, results of operations and cash flow of H&H.

HHEM is continuing to comply with a 1987 consent order from the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (“MADEP”) to investigate and remediate the soil and groundwater conditions at the MA Property that is the subject of the Arista Development litigation discussed above.  On January 20, 2009, HHEM filed with MADEP a partial Class A-3 Response Action Outcome Statement (“RAO-P”) and an Activity & Use Limitation (“AUL”) for the MA Property.  By letter dated March 24, 2009, MADEP advised HHEM that the RAO-P did not require a comprehensive audit.  By letter dated April 16, 2009, the MADEP advised HHEM that a MADEP AUL Audit Inspection conducted on March 18, 2009 did not identify any violations of the requirements applicable to the AUL.  Together, the March 24 and April 16 MADEP letters, combined with HHEM’s Licensed Site Professional’s partial RAO opinion constitute confirmation of the adequacy of HHEM’s investigation of the MA Property as well as its remediation and post closure monitoring plans.   The Massachusetts Attorney General, executed a covenant not to sue (“CNTS”) to cover the MA Property on March 31, 2010.  Following the execution of the CNTS, HHEM filed a Remedy Operation Status (“ROS”) on April 1, 2010.  On June 30, 2010, HHEM filed a Class A-3 RAO to close the site since HHEM’s Licensed Site Professional concluded that groundwater monitoring demonstrated that the remediation has stabilized the conditions at the site.  In addition, HHEM has concluded settlement discussions with abutters of the MA Property and entered into settlement agreements with each of them.  Therefore, HHEM does not expect that any claims from any additional abutters will be asserted, but there can be no such assurances.
As discussed above, H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries have existing and contingent liabilities relating to environmental matters, including capital expenditures, costs of remediation and potential fines and penalties relating to possible violations of national and state environmental laws.  H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries have substantial remediation expenses on an ongoing basis, although such costs are continually being readjusted based upon the emergence of new techniques and alternative methods.  The Company had approximately $6.1million accrued related to estimated environmental remediation costs as of December 31, 2010.  In addition, the Company has insurance coverage available for several of these matters and believes that excess insurance coverage may be available as well. 

Based upon information currently available, including prior capital expenditures, anticipated capital expenditures, and information available on pending judicial and administrative proceedings, H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries do not expect their respective environmental costs, including the incurrence of additional fines and penalties, if any, relating to the operation of their respective facilities to have a material adverse effect on them, but there can be no such assurances that the resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial positions, results of operations and cash flows of H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries.  The Company anticipates that H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries will pay such amounts out of their respective working capital, although there is no assurance that H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries will have sufficient funds to pay such amounts.  In the event that H&H and Bairnco and/or their subsidiaries are unable to fund their liabilities, claims could be made against their respective parent companies, including HNH, for payment of such liabilities.  

Other Litigation

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are defendants (“Subsidiary Defendants”) in numerous cases pending in a variety of jurisdictions relating to welding emissions.  Generally, the factual underpinning of the plaintiffs’ claims is that the use of welding products for their ordinary and intended purposes in the welding process causes emissions of fumes that contain manganese, which is toxic to the human central nervous system.  The plaintiffs assert that they were over-exposed to welding fumes emitted by welding products manufactured and supplied by the Subsidiary Defendants and other co-defendants.  The Subsidiary Defendants deny any liability and are defending these actions.  It is not possible to reasonably estimate the Subsidiary Defendants’ exposure or share, if any, of the liability at this time.

In addition to the foregoing cases, there are a number of other product liability, exposure, accident, casualty and other claims against HNH or certain of its subsidiaries in connection with a variety of products sold by such subsidiaries over several years, as well as litigation related to employment matters, contract matters, sales and purchase transactions and general liability claims, many of which arise in the ordinary course of business. It is not possible to reasonably estimate the Company’s exposure or share, if any, of the liability at this time in any of these matters.  On August 20, 2010, the company’s insurance company settled a previously disclosed state court lawsuit arising out of H&H’s sale of a used piece of equipment which allegedly caused a fire resulting in property damage and interruption of a third party’s business operations after the company had exhausted its self insured retention for the lawsuit. 

There is insurance coverage available for many of the foregoing actions, which are being litigated in a variety of jurisdictions.  To date, HNH and its subsidiaries have not incurred and do not believe they will incur any significant liability with respect to these claims, which they are contesting vigorously in most cases.  However, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of such litigation and claims could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows when they are resolved in future periods.

Pension Plan Contingency

In July 2003, the Company entered into a settlement agreement among the PBGC, HNH and several other parties (“Termination Litigation”), in which the PBGC was seeking to terminate the WHX Pension Plan.  Under the settlement, HNH agreed among other things that HNH will not contest a future action by the PBGC to terminate the WHX Pension Plan in connection with a future facility shutdown of a facility of HNH's former Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation subsidiary, which subsidiary was wholly owned until August 1, 2003.  In the event that such a plan termination occurs, the PBGC has agreed to release HNH from any claims relating to any such shutdown. However, there may be PBGC claims related to unfunded liabilities that may exist as a result of any such termination of the WHX Pension Plan.
Note 18 – Related Party Transactions
Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“SPH”) is the sole limited partner of SP II, which is the direct owner of 6,325,269 shares of the Company’s common stock, representing approximately 51.94% of the outstanding shares.  Steel Partners Holdings GP Inc. (the “General Partner”) is SPH’s General Partner.  SPH is the sole stockholder of the General Partner.  Steel Partners LLC (“Steel Partners”) is the manager of SPH and SP II.  Warren G. Lichtenstein, our Chairman of the Board of Directors, is also the manager of Steel Partners and Chairman of the board of directors of the General Partner.
As more fully described in Note 13-“Debt”, on October 15, 2010, H&H Group refinanced the prior indebtedness of H&H and Bairnco to the Steel Trusts, each constituting a separate series of the SPII Liquidating Trust as successor-in-interest to SPII.  In accordance with the terms of an Exchange Agreement entered into on October 15, 2010, H&H Group made an approximately $6 million cash payment in partial satisfaction of prior indebtedness to the Steel Trusts and exchanged the remainder of such prior obligations for units consisting of (a) $72,925,500 aggregate principal amount of 10% subordinated secured notes due 2017 (the “Subordinated Notes”) issued by H&H Group and (b) warrants, exercisable beginning October 14, 2013, to purchase an aggregate of 1,500,806 shares of the Company’s common stock, with an exercise price of $11.00 per share (the “Warrants”).  Subordinated Notes approximating 55% of the total face amount issued by H&H Group were transferred to non-related parties by the Steel Trusts and approximately 45% of the total face amount issued are held by SPII. As of December 31, 2010, $0.4 million of accrued interest and $32.5 million of Subordinated Notes were owed to SPII.
 On January 24, 2011, a special committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, composed entirely of independent directors, approved a management and services fee to be paid to SP Corporate Services, LLC (“SP”) in the amount of $1,950,000 for services performed in 2010.  This fee was the only consideration paid for the services of Mr. Lichtenstein, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, Glen M. Kassan, as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, John J. Quicke, as Vice President and as a director through December 2010, and Jack L. Howard and John H. McNamara, Jr., as directors, as well as other assistance from SP and its affiliates.  The services provided included management and advisory services with respect to operations, strategic planning, finance and accounting, sale and acquisition activities and other aspects of the businesses of the Company.  The Company does not have a written agreement with SP relating to the services described above.  In 2009, the Company incurred a management and service fee of $950,000 which was paid to SP.
In 2010 and 2009, the Company provided certain accounting services to SPH, and continues to provide certain accounting services on an ongoing basis.  The Company billed SPH $550,000 and $91,000 on account of services provided in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
A subsidiary of HNH, WHX CS Corp. (“CS”), held an investment in CoSine which was accounted for under the equity method and was included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet.  Although CS owned 18.8% of the outstanding common stock of CoSine, the Company accounted for CoSine under the equity method because a related party (SP II) owned an additional percentage of the outstanding common stock and as a result of the combined ownership percentage, indirectly had the ability to exercise control.  In the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $1.2 million non-cash impairment charge in connection with its equity investment in CoSine.  The amount of the impairment represented the difference between the carrying value of the investment and its fair value.  On July 31, 2009, CS sold its equity investment in CoSine to SP II for cash proceeds of $3.1 million.
On July 6, 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted incentive arrangements for Mr. Kassan and Mr. Lichtenstein. These arrangements provide, among other things, for each to receive a bonus equal to 10,000 multiplied by the difference of the fair market value of the Company’s stock price and $90.00.  The bonus is payable immediately upon the sending of a notice by either Mr. Kassan or Mr. Lichtenstein, respectively  The incentive arrangements terminate July 6, 2015, to the extent not previously received. Under GAAP, the Company is required to adjust its obligation for the fair value of such incentive arrangements from the date of actual grant to the latest balance sheet date and to record such incentive arrangements as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The Company has recorded $0.2 million of non-cash expense in 2010 and $0.1 million of non-cash income in 2009 related to these incentive arrangements.
Note 19 – Other Income (Expense)
  Years Ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Equity loss from affiliated company $-  $(46)
Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)  (201)  142 
Other, net  16   14 
  $(185) $110 
Note 20 –Segments
HNH, the parent company, manages a group of businesses on a decentralized basis.  HNH owns H&H Group which owns H&H and Bairnco.  HNH is a diversified holding company whose strategic business units encompass the following segments: Precious Metal, Tubing, Engineered Materials, Arlon Electronic Materials, and Kasco Blades and Route Repair Services. The Arlon Coated Materials segment is classified as a discontinued operation (see Note 4) and is not included in the segment information below.  The business units principally operate in North America.
 (1)Precious Metal segment activities include the fabrication of precious metal and their alloys into brazing alloys. H&H’s brazing alloys are used to join similar and dissimilar metals as well as specialty metals and some ceramics with strong, hermetic joints.  H&H offers these metal joining products in a wide variety of alloys including gold, silver, palladium, copper, nickel, aluminum, and tin.  These brazing alloys are fabricated into a variety of engineered forms and are used in many industries including electrical, appliance, transportation, construction, and general industrial, where dissimilar material and metal-joining applications are required.  H&H’s operating income from precious metal products is principally derived from the “value added” of processing and fabricating and not from the purchase and resale of precious metal.  In accordance with general practice, prices to customers are principally a composite of two factors: (1) the value of the precious metal content of the product and (2) the “fabrication value,” which includes the cost of base metals, labor, overhead, financing and profit.
 (2)
Tubing segment manufactures a wide variety of steel tubing products.  The Stainless Steel Tubing Group manufactures small-diameter precision-drawn seamless tubing both in straight lengths and coils.  The Stainless Steel Tubing Group’s capabilities in long continuous drawing of seamless stainless steel coils allow this Group to serve the petrochemical infrastructure and shipbuilding markets. The Stainless Steel Tubing Group also manufactures products for use in the medical, semiconductor fabrication, aerospace and instrumentation industries.  The Specialty Tubing Group manufactures welded carbon steel tubing in coiled and straight lengths with a primary focus on products for the refrigeration, automotive, and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industries.  In addition to producing bulk tubing, the Specialty Tubing Group also produces value added products and assemblies for these industries.
 (3)Engineered Materials segment manufactures and supplies products to the construction and building industries. Engineered Material segment also manufactures fasteners and fastening systems for the U.S. commercial flat roofing industry.  Products are sold to building and roofing material wholesalers and are also private labeled to roofing system manufacturers. A line of specialty fasteners is produced for the building products industry for fastening applications in the construction and remodeling of homes, decking and landscaping.  Engineered Material segment also manufactures plastic and steel fittings and connectors for natural gas and water distribution service lines along with exothermic welding products for electrical grounding, cathodic protection, and lightning protection.   In addition, Engineered Material segment also manufactures electro-galvanized and painted cold rolled sheet steel products primarily for the construction, entry door, container and appliance industries.
(4)Arlon Electronic Materials (“Arlon EM”) segment designs, manufactures, markets and sells high performance laminate materials and silicone rubber products utilized in the military/aerospace, wireless communications, transportation, energy generation, oil drilling, general industrial, and semiconductor markets.  Among the products included in the Arlon EM segment are high technology laminates and bonding materials used in the manufacture of printed circuit boards and silicone rubber products such as electrically insulating tapes and thermally conductive materials.
 (5)Kasco segment is a provider of meat-room blade products, repair services, and resale products for the meat and deli departments of supermarkets; for restaurants; for meat and fish processing plants; and for distributors of electrical saws and cutting equipment throughout North America, Europe, Asia and South America.  Kasco is also a provider of wood cutting blade products for the pallet manufacturing, pallet recycler, and portable saw mill industries in North America.  These products and services include band saw blades for cutting meat and fish, band saw blades for cutting wood and metal, grinder plates and knives for grinding and cutting meat, repair and maintenance services for food equipment in retail grocery and restaurant operations, electrical saws and cutting machines, seasoning products, and other related butcher supply products.
Management has determined that certain operating companies should be aggregated and presented within a single segment on the basis that such segments have similar economic characteristics and share other qualitative characteristics.  Management reviews sales, gross profit and operating income to evaluate segment performance. Operating income for the segments includes the costs of shared corporate headquarters functions such as finance, auditing, treasury, legal, benefits administration and certain executive functions, but excludes other unallocated general corporate expenses. Other income and expense, interest expense, and income taxes are not presented by segment since they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability reviewed by the Company’s management.
The following table presents information about segments for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
Statement of operations data: Twelve Months Ended 
  December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Net Sales:      
Precious Metal $128,360  $85,972 
Tubing  94,558   75,198 
Engineered Materials  221,075   191,709 
Arlon Electronic Materials  75,398   60,145 
Kasco  62,124   61,067 
Total net sales $581,515  $474,091 
         
Segment operating income:        
Precious Metal (a)  14,455   5,490 
Tubing (b)  13,361   4,746 
Engineered Materials  20,911   16,903 
Arlon Electronic Materials (c)  8,808   4,338 
Kasco (d)  1,354   2,849 
Total $58,889  $34,326 
         
Unallocated corporate expenses & non operating units  (14,241)  (13,547)
Income from proceeds of insurance claims, net  -   4,035 
Unallocated pension expense  (4,349)  (14,013)
Corporate restructuring costs  -   (636)
Asset impairment charge  -   (1,158)
Loss on disposal of assets  (44)  (132)
Income from continuing operations $40,255  $8,875 
         
Interest expense  (26,310)  (25,775)
Realized and unrealized loss on derivatives  (5,983)  (777)
Other income (expense)  (185)  110 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes $7,777  $(17,567)
(a)  Segment operating income for the Precious Metal segment for 2009 includes restructuring charges of $0.4 million relating to the closure of a facility in New Hampshire. The results for the Precious Metal segment for 2010 and 2009 include gains of $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, resulting from the liquidation of precious metal inventory valued at LIFO cost.
(b)  Segment operating income for the Tubing segment for 2010 includes a gain of $1.3 million related to insurance proceeds from a fire claim settlement.  2009 includes a non-cash asset impairment charge of $0.9 million to write-down to fair value certain equipment formerly used in the manufacture of a discontinued product line.
(c)  Segment operating results for the Arlon EM segment for 2009 includes a $1.1 million goodwill impairment charge recorded to adjust the carrying value of one of the Arlon EM segment’s reporting units to its estimated fair value.
(d)  Segment operating income for the Kasco segment for both 2010 and 2009 includes $0.5 million of costs related to restructuring activities and $1.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of asset impairment charges associated with certain real property located in Atlanta, Georgia.

  2010  2009 
Capital Expenditures (in thousands) 
   Precious Metal $687  $629 
   Tubing  3,686   2,525 
   Engineered Materials  2,215   2,083 
   Arlon Electronic Materials  2,552   819 
   Kasco  1,336   945 
   Corporate and other  129   211 
  $10,605  $7,212 
         
   2010   2009 
Depreciation and amortization expense (in thousands) 
     Precious Metal $1,472  $1,635 
     Tubing  2,977   3,056 
     Engineered Materials  4,808   4,858 
     Arlon Electronic Materials  4,150   3,971 
     Kasco  2,626   2,734 
     Corporate and other  384   870 
  $16,417  $17,124 
         
  December 31, 
   2010   2009 
Total Assets  (in thousands) 
   Precious Metal $44,459  $40,582 
   Tubing  39,141   36,291 
   Engineered Materials  126,926   127,105 
  Arlon Electronic Materials  67,622   65,583 
   Kasco  28,654   31,330 
   Corporate and other  21,640   19,666 
   Discontinued operations  25,106   33,283 
  $353,548  $353,840 

The following table presents revenue and long lived asset information by geographic area as of and for the years ended December 31. Long-lived assets in 2010 and 2009 consist of property, plant and equipment, plus approximately $10.4 million and $7.8 million, respectively, of land and buildings from previously operating businesses, and other non-operating assets that are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.
Geographic Information          
  Revenue  Long-Lived Assets 
  2010  2009  2010  2009 
  (in thousands)  (in thousands) 
United States $514,992  $424,047  $76,483  $81,107 
Foreign  66,523   50,044   16,686   13,934 
  $581,515  $474,091  $93,169  $95,041 
Foreign revenue is based on the country in which the legal subsidiary is domiciled. Neither revenue nor long-lived assets from any single foreign country was material to the consolidated revenues of the Company.
There were no customers which accounted for more than 5% of consolidated net sales in 2010 and 2009.  In both 2010 and 2009, the 15 largest customers accounted for approximately 28% of consolidated net sales.
Note 21 –Subsequent Events
On February 4, 2011, Arlon LLC (“Arlon”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HNH, sold substantially all of its assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of California related to its Adhesive Film Division for an aggregate sale price of $27.0 million.  Net proceeds of approximately $24.2 million from this sale were used to repay indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities.  A gain on the sale of these assets of approximately $12.0 million will be recorded in the first quarter of 2011.
On February 4, 2011, Arlon and its subsidiaries sold an option for the sale of all of their assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of Texas related to Arlon’s Engineered Coated Products Division and SignTech subsidiary for an aggregate sale price of $2.5 million (including the option price). Upon closing of the potential transaction, the Company expects to record a loss of approximately $4.0 million on the sale of these assets in the first quarter of 2011. In addition, Arlon granted an option for the sale of a coater machine to the same purchaser for a price of $0.5 million.  The parties subsequently agreed to extend the exercise date of the two options and they are now each exercisable between March 14, 2011 and March 18, 2011. The net proceeds from any such sales are expected to be used to repay indebtedness under the Company’s credit facilities. 
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act we conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2010 our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that all information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submitthis amendment to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K which are not disclosed.  Our Board is charged with monitoring and reviewing issues involving potential conflicts of interest, and reviewing and approving all related party transactions.
Director Independence
In assessing the independence of our directors, our Board has reviewed and analyzed the standards for independence required under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarizedNASDAQ Capital Market, including NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(a)(2), and reported within the time periods specified in theapplicable SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a manner that allows timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles.
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting of the Company as referred to above as of December 31, 2010 as required by Rule 13a-15(c) under the Exchange Act. In making this assessment, the Company used the criteria set forth in the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2010.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to an exemption for non-accelerated filers set forth in Section 989G of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations Over Controls

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Item 9B.
Other Information
regulations.
 
 On March 10, 2011,After reviewing any material relationships that any of our directors may have with the Company that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities, our Board has determined that Louis Klein, Jr., Garen W. Smith and Robert Frankfurt, representing three of our eight directors, are “independent directors” as defined under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.  The Company has a special committeeseparately standing Compensation Committee, Nominating Committee and Audit Committee.  Each of the our BoardAudit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee have a charter, current copies of Directors, comprised entirelywhich are available on the Company’s website, www.handyharman.com.  All of independent directors, approved a management and services fee to be paid to SP Corporate Services, LLC (“SP”) in the amount of $1,740,000 for services to be performed in 2011.  SP is an affiliate of SP II, which owns approximately 51.9%members of our outstanding common stock, and is controlled by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, Warren G. Lichtenstein.  This fee is the only consideration paid for the services of Glen M. Kassan, as our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors, and John J. Quicke, as Vice President, as well as other assistance from SP and its affiliates.  The services provided included management and advisory services with respect to operations, strategic planning, finance and accounting, sale and acquisition activities and other aspects of our businesses.  We do not have a written agreement with SP relating to the services described above.
 In addition, on March 10, 2011 theAudit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee, which are comprised of our BoardMessrs. Klein, Smith and Frankfurt, are independent under the NASDAQ definition of Directors approved the grant of restricted stock awards under our 2007 Incentive Stock Plan, as amended, effective on the date of approval, to certain of our employees, including the following executive officers in the following amounts: 100,000 shares of restricted stock to Glen M. Kassan, our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of our Board of Directors; 70,000 shares to Jeffrey A. Svoboda, Senior Vice President of the Company and President and Chief Executive Officer of H&H and Bairnco; and 25,000 shares to James F. McCabe, Jr., Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President.  These restricted stock grants will vest with respect to 25% of the award upon grant and will vest in equal annual installments over a three year period from the grant date with respect to the remaining 75% of the award.  These grants were made in lieu of the Long Term Incentive Plan component of the Company’s 2011 Bonus Plan for those individuals who received shares of restricted stock.“independence.”    
 
 
PAItem RT III14.                      Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve services to be performed by the Company’s independent public accountants in the categories of audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services.  Additionally, the Audit Committee will consider on a case-by-case basis and, if appropriate, approve specific engagements that are not otherwise pre-approved.  The Audit Committee has approved all fees and advised us that it has determined that the non-audit services rendered by Grant Thornton, LLP during our most recent fiscal year are compatible with maintaining the independence of such auditors.
Item 10.
Directors and Executive Officers of the Company
 
The following table sets forth the following: under  “Audit Fees,” the aggregate fees billed for each of the past two fiscal years for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of the Company’s definitive proxy statement which will befinancial statements, review of financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports, and review of registration statements filed with the SEC pursuant to Registration 14A within 120 daysSEC; under “Audit-Related Fees,” the aggregate fees billed for each of the endpast two fiscal years for assistance and related services by the principal accountant that pertained to the audit of the Company's fiscal year is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation.
The Company’s definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Registration 14A within 120 daysfinancial statements of various of the endCompany’s pension and benefit plans; under “Tax Fees,” the aggregate fees billed for each of the Company'spast two fiscal year is incorporated hereinyears for professional services rendered by reference.the principal accountant for tax compliance, advice and planning.
 
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The Company’s definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Registration 14A within 120 days of the end of the Company's fiscal year is incorporated herein by reference. Also incorporated by reference is the information in the table under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” included in Item 5 of the Form 10-K.
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
The Company’s definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Registration 14A within 120 days of the end of the Company's fiscal year is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The Company’s definitive proxy statement which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Registration 14A within 120 days of the end of the Company's fiscal year is incorporated herein by reference.
  2010  2009 
       
Audit fees $1,601,655  $2,190,589 
Audit-related fees $51,998  $137,718 
Tax fees $23,562  $52,837 
All other fees $-  $- 
 
 
PAPART RT IV
 
Item 15.
Item 15.                       Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Listing of Documents
1.  Consolidated Financial Statements:
The following consolidated financial statements are filed as a part of this report:
·Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
·Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
·Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
·Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
·Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Statement Schedules
 
2.  Financial Statement Schedules
 (a) 3. ExhibitsThe following consolidated financial statement schedules for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are filed as part of this report:
 ·Schedule I-Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 (Parent Only)
·Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
3.           Exhibits
Exhibit Number
 
Description
2.1 
First Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of the Company, dated June 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 28, 2005).
2.2 
Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, dated May 19, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed May 30, 2003).
3.1 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WHX,HNH, as most recently amended on November 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
3.2 
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WHXHNH Corporation, effective January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 4, 2011).
3.3 
Amended and Restated By Laws of WHX,HNH, as most recently amended on November 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
**4.1 
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as agent acting for the financial institutions party hereto as lenders, and the financial institutions party hereto as lenders.
**4.2 
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries, Ableco, L.L.C., in its capacity as agent acting for the financial institutions party hereto as lenders, and the financial institutions party hereto as lenders. 
 
*4.3 
Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of October 15,December 13, 2010, by and among H&H Group, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.
4.4 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 9, 2010).
**4.5 
Form of Restricted Shares Agreement.
10.1 
Settlement and Release Agreement by and among Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation (“WPSC”) and Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation, (“WPC”), the Company and certain affiliates of WPSC, WPCWheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 30, 2001).
10.2 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1998) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed December 27, 2006).
10.3 
Agreement by and among the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, WHX Corporation,HNH, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation and the United Steel Workers of America, AFL-CIO-CLC, dated as of July 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed December 27, 2006).
10.4 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among the Company, H&H Group, the Steel Trusts, and each other person who becomes a holder thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 9, 2010).
10.5 
2009 Bonus Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
**10.6 
2010 Bonus Plan.Plan of the Company.
10.7 
2007 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company’s Schedule 14A filed November 4, 2010).
10.8 
Settlement Agreement by and among WHX Corporation,HNH, Handy & Harman, and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation dated December 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 4, 2007).
10.9 
Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Illinois Tool Works Inc., ITW Canada, OMG Roofing, Inc., and OMG, Inc., dated December 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007).
10.10 
Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation,HNH, Handy & Harman, and James McCabe dated as of February 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed May 21, 2007).
10.11 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation,HNH, Handy & Harman, and James F. McCabe Jr., effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.12 
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation,HNH, Handy & Harman, and James F. McCabe Jr., effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.13 
Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 31, 2009)2008).
10.14 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.15 
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
 
10.16 
Employment Agreement by and among WHX CorporationHNH and Peter T. Gelfman, dated as of April 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2008).
10.17 
Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX CorporationHNH and Peter T. Gelfman, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.18
 
 
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX CorporationHNH and Peter T. Gelfman, effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.19 
Incentive Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, by and between WHX CorporationHNH and Glen Kassan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.20 
Amendment to Incentive Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between WHX CorporationHNH and Glen Kassan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.21 
Incentive Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, by and between WHX CorporationHNH and Warren G. Lichtenstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.22
 
 
Amendment to Incentive Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between WHX CorporationHNH and Warren G. Lichtenstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
**21.1 
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
**23.1 
Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm-Grant Thornton LLP.
**24.1 
Power of Attorney.Attorney (included in the signature page to the Original Form 10-K).
*31.1 
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*31.2 
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*32 Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*            Filed herewith.
**          Previously filed with the Original Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2011.
(b)         Financial Statements and Schedules:
 
* -1.           Schedule I – Audited Financial Statements of HNH (Parent Only) (Previously filed herewith.as pages F-1 to F-6 to the Original Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2011).
2.           Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves (Previously filed as page F-7 to the Original Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2011).  
 

SIGNATURES
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 11,April 29, 2011.
 
HandyHANDY & Harman Ltd.HARMAN LTD.
  
 
By:
/s/ Glen M. Kassan
James F. McCabe, Jr. 
 Name:Glen M. KassanName: James F. McCabe, Jr.
 Title:Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY
Handy & Harman Ltd. and each of the undersigned do hereby appoint Glen M. Kassan and James F. McCabe, Jr., and each of them severally, its or his true and lawful attorney to execute on behalf of Handy & Harman Ltd. and the undersigned any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; each of such attorneys shall have the power to act hereunder with or without the other.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities andindicated on the date indicated.April 29, 2011.
 


By:
/s/ Warren G. Lichtenstein
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 Warren G. Lichtenstein, Chairman of the Board Date
    
By:
/s/ Glen M. Kassan
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 Glen M. Kassan, Director and Chief Executive Date
 Officer (Principal Executive Officer)  
    
By:
/s/ James F. McCabe, Jr.
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 James F. McCabe, Jr., Chief Financial Officer Date
 (Principal Accounting Officer)  
    
By:
/s/ John H. McNamara, Jr.
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 John H. McNamara, Jr., Director Date
    
By:
/s/ Louis Klein, Jr.
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
John J. Quicke, DirectorDate
By:*April 29, 2011
 Louis Klein, Jr., Director Date
    
By:
/s/ Jack L. Howard
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 Jack L. Howard, Director Date
    
By:
/s/ Robert Frankfurt
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 Robert Frankfurt, Director Date
    
By:
/s/ Garen W. Smith
*
 March 11,April 29, 2011
 Garen W. Smith, Director Date
*By/s/ James F. McCabe, Jr.
James F. McCabe, Jr., Attorney-in-fact


Schedule I
Handy & Harman Ltd. (PARENT ONLY)      
Balance Sheets   
(dollars and shares in thousands except per share data) December 31, 
  2010  2009 
                                 ASSETS   
       
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $2,973  $3,258 
Other current assets  94   110 
    Total current assets  3,067   3,368 
         
Notes receivable from Bairnco  3,577   3,145 
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries - net  125,495   111,332 
  $132,139  $117,845 
         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT        
         
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $47  $56 
Current portion of pension liability  14,900   9,600 
Accrued expenses  3,013   1,372 
    Total current liabilities  17,960   11,028 
         
Accrued interest - Handy & Harman  5,217   3,184 
Notes payable to Handy & Harman  41,929   29,908 
Accrued pension liability  97,193   91,522 
   162,299   135,642 
Commitments and contingencies        
         
Stockholders' Deficit:        
Preferred stock - $.01 par value; authorized 5,000 shares; issued and outstanding -0- shares
  -   - 
Common stock -  $.01 par value; authorized 180,000 shares; issued and outstanding 12,179 shares
  122   122 
 Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (135,865)  (118,402)
 Additional paid-in capital  552,844   552,834 
 Accumulated deficit  (447,261)  (452,351)
Total stockholders' deficit  (30,160)  (17,797)
  $132,139  $117,845 
SEE NOTES TO PARENT ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
 
Handy & Harman Ltd. (PARENT ONLY)      
Statements of Operations      
  Years ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Cost and expenses:      
Pension expense $(4,349) $(14,013)
Administrative and general expense  (4,174)  (3,238)
       Subtotal  (8,523)  (17,251)
         
Interest expense - H&H subordinated notes  (2,033)  (1,508)
Interest income-Bairnco loan  432   145 
Equity in after tax earnings (losses) of subsidiaries  15,435   (2,893)
Other expense - net  (8)  - 
Income (loss) before taxes  5,303   (21,507)
Tax (provision) benefit  (213)  266 
Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)




SEE NOTES TO PARENT ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


Handy & Harman Ltd. (PARENT ONLY)      
Statements of Cash Flows Years ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
       
Cash Flows From Operating Activities      
    Net income (loss) $5,090  $(21,241)
    Non cash income and expenses        
           Payment in kind interest expense - H&H  2,033   1,508 
           Payment in kind interest income - Bairnco  (432)  (145)
           Equity  (income) loss of subsidiaries  (15,435)  2,893 
           Non cash stock-based compensation  223   183 
 Decrease/(increase) in working capital elements:        
           Advances from subsidiaries  (41)  28 
           Pension payments-WHX plan  (9,522)  (1,807)
           Pension expense  4,349   14,013 
           Other current assets and liabilities  1,429   (1,321)
 Net cash used in operating activities  (12,306)  (5,889)
         
 Cash Flows from Investing Activities        
           Dividends from subsidiaries  -   3,114 
 Net cash provided by investing activities  -   3,114 
         
 Cash Flows from Financing Activities        
           Notes payable - Handy & Harman  12,021   4,308 
           Notes receivable - Bairnco  -   (3,000)
 Net cash provided by financing activities  12,021   1,308 
         
 Decrease in cash and cash equivalents  (285)  (1,467)
         
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  3,258   4,725 
         
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $2,973  $3,258 


SEE NOTES TO PARENT ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

NOTES TO Handy & Harman Ltd. PARENT ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 – Background
Basis of Presentation:
Handy & Harman Ltd. (Parent Only) (“HNH”) financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiary companies accounted for under the equity method of accounting.  Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted.  These HNH parent only financial statements are prepared on the same basis of accounting as the HNH consolidated financial statements, except that the HNH subsidiaries are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.  For a complete description of the accounting policies and other required GAAP disclosures, referIndex to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K (the “consolidated financial statements”).
HNH (formerly named WHX Corporation prior to January 3, 2011) manages a group of businesses on a decentralized basis.  HNH owns Handy & Harman Group Ltd. (“H&H Group”) which owns Handy & Harman (“H&H”) and Bairnco Corporation (“Bairnco”). HNH is a diversified holding company whose strategic business units encompass the following segments: Precious Metal, Tubing, Engineered Materials, Arlon Electronic Materials,  and Kasco Blades and Route Repair Services.  HNH principally operates in North America.  All references herein to “we,” “our” or the “Company” refer to HNH, together with all of its subsidiaries.
Management’s Plans and Liquidity:
HNH, the parent company’s, sources of cash flow consist of its cash on-hand, distributions from its principal subsidiary, H&H Group, and other discrete transactions.  H&H Group’s credit facilities effectively do not permit it to transfer any cash or other assets to HNH with the exception of (i) an unsecured loan for required payments to the defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company (the “WHX Pension Plan”), and (ii) an unsecured loan for other uses in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $3.5 million in any fiscal year.  H&H Group’s credit facilities are collateralized by priority liens on all of the assets of its subsidiaries.

HNH’s ongoing operating cash flow requirements consist of arranging for the funding of the minimum requirements of the WHX Pension Plan and paying HNH’s administrative costs.  See Other Obligations-Pension Plan below.
As of December 31, 2010, HNH and its subsidiaries that are not restricted by loan agreements or otherwise from transferring funds to HNH had cash of approximately $3.0 million and current liabilities of approximately $18.0 million.  Such current liabilities include $14.9 million of estimated required contributions to the WHX Pension Plan, which HNH is permitted to borrow from H&H Group pursuant to its credit agreements, in addition to an unsecured loan of up to $3.5 million in any fiscal year for other purposes.Exhibits
 
At December 31, 2010, HNH, the parent company, held cash and cash equivalents which exceeded federally-insured limits by approximately $2.9 million, all of which was invested in a money market account that invests solely in US government securities.
On July 31, 2009, WHX CS Corp. (“CS”), one of these unrestricted subsidiaries of HNH, sold its equity investment in CoSine to SP II for cash proceeds of $3.1 million.  CS had accounted for this investment using the equity method of accounting.   In 2009, CS recorded an impairment charge of $1.1 million in connection with this investment.  The amount of the impairment represented the difference between the carrying value of the investment and the selling price. Upon the sale of the shares, CS issued a $3.1 million dividend to HNH, and a subordinated secured loan of $3.0 million was made by HNH to Bairnco in connection with Bairnco’s partial repayment of their debt facility.
Management expects that HNH will be able to fund its operations in the ordinary course of business over at least the next twelve months.  However, because HNH is a holding company that principally conducts operations through its subsidiaries, it relies on the borrowings it is permitted to make from its subsidiary, H&H Group, under H&H Group’s credit agreements, in addition to its own cash flow, to meet its financial obligations.  Failure by its subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow or meet the requirements of H&H Group’s credit facilities could have a material adverse effect on HNH’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Other Obligations
Pension Plan
The significant decline in market value of stocks and other investments starting in 2008 across a cross-section of financial markets contributed to an unfunded pension liability of the WHX Pension Plan which totaled $112.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and $101.1 million as of December 31, 2009.  The Company expects to have required minimum contributions to the WHX Pension Plan for 2011 and 2012 of $14.9 million and $15.6 million, respectively.  Such required future contributions are determined based upon assumptions regarding such matters as discount rates on future obligations, assumed rates of return on plan assets and legislative changes.  Actual future pension costs and required funding obligations will be affected by changes in the factors and assumptions described in the previous sentence, as well as other changes such as any plan termination.
Note 2 – Investment in and Advances to Subsidiaries – Net
The following table details the investments in and advances to associated companies, accounted for under the equity method of accounting.
  December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Handy & Harman $-  $80,598 
Bairnco  -   30,660 
Handy & Harman Group, Ltd.  125,416   - 
WHX Aviation  -   (5)
WHX CS  79   79 
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries - net $125,495  $111,332 

Note 3 – Equity in Earnings (Loss) of Subsidiaries
  Years ended December 31, 
  2010  2009 
  (in thousands) 
Handy & Harman $14,732  $2,261 
Bairnco  1,338   (3,951)
Handy & Harman Group, Ltd.  (635)  - 
WHX CS  -   (1,203)
  $15,435  $(2,893)
Note 4 – Related Party Transactions
Steel Partners Holdings L.P. (“SPH”) is the sole limited partner of Steel Partners II, L.P. (“SP II”), which is the direct owner of 6,325,269 shares of the Company’s common stock, representing approximately 51.94% of the outstanding shares.
On January 24, 2011, a special committee of the Board of Directors of HNH, composed entirely of independent directors, approved a management and services fee to be paid to SP Corporate Services, LLC (“SP”) in the amount of $1,950,000 for services performed in 2010.  This fee was the only consideration paid for the services of Mr. Lichtenstein, as Chairman of the Board of Directors, Glen M. Kassan, as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, John J. Quicke, as Vice President and as a director through December 2010, and Jack L. Howard and John H. McNamara, Jr., as directors, as well as other assistance from SP and its affiliates.  The services provided included management and advisory services with respect to operations, strategic planning, finance and accounting, sale and acquisition activities and other aspects of the businesses of the Company.  The Company does not have a written agreement with SP relating to the services described above.  In 2009, HNH incurred a management and service fee of $950,000 which was paid to SP.
On various dates during 2010 and 2009, H&H made unsecured loans totaling $16.3 million to HNH, as permitted under H&H’s loan and security agreements, to make payments to the WHX Pension Plan and for other general business purposes.  As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the total outstanding balance of notes payable to H&H was $41.9 million and $29.9 million, respectively. These notes payable accrue interest at 5%.  Interest payable to H&H as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $5.2 million and $3.2 million respectively.
During 2009, HNH made a subordinated loan to Bairnco of $3.0 million as permitted under Bairnco’s loan and security agreements.  The subordinated loan accrues interest at 12.75%.  As of December 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of this note receivable was $3.0 million, and interest receivable from Bairnco as of December 31, 2010 was $0.6 million.
Note 5 –Subsequent Events
On February 4, 2011, Arlon LLC (“Arlon”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HNH, sold substantially all of its assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of California related to its Adhesive Film Division for an aggregate sale price of $27.0 million.  Net proceeds of approximately $24.2 million from this sale were used to repay indebtedness under H&H Group’s credit facilities.  A gain on the sale of these assets of approximately $12.0 million will be recorded by H&H Group in the first quarter of 2011.
On February 4, 2011, Arlon and its subsidiaries sold an option for the sale of all of their assets and existing operations located primarily in the State of Texas related to Arlon’s Engineered Coated Products Division and SignTech subsidiary for an aggregate sale price of $2.5 million (including the option price). Upon closing of the potential transaction, H&H Group expects to record a loss of approximately $4.0 million on the sale of these assets in the first quarter of 2011. In addition, Arlon granted an option for the sale of a coater machine to the same purchaser for a price of $0.5 million.  The parties subsequently agreed to extend the exercise date of the two options and they are now each exercisable between March 14, 2011 and March 18, 2011. The net proceeds from any such sales are expected to be used to repay indebtedness under H&H Group’s credit facilities. 
These businesses formerly comprised the Company’s Arlon Coated Materials segment.
HNH Corporation
Schedule II –Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
(in thousands)
 
Description
 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  
Additions/
(Deductions)
Describe
  
Balance at
End of
of Period
 
Year ended December 31, 2010            
Valuation allowance on foreign, state and local NOL's $4,946  $(505) $-  $4,441 
Valuation allowance on federal NOL's  72,584   (7,135)  -   65,449 
Valuation allowance on other net deferred tax assets  35,763   15,639   (4,603)(2)  46,799 
  $113,293  $7,999  $(4,603) $116,689 
                 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $2,408  $402  $(492)(5) $2,318 
                 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2009 (1)                
Valuation allowance on state and local NOL's $3,134  $(106) $1,918 (3) $4,946 
Valuation allowance on federal NOL's  67,623   6,071   (1,110)(4)  72,584 
Valuation allowance on other net deferred tax assets  51,135   284   (15,656)(2)  35,763 
  $121,892  $6,249  $(14,848) $113,293 
                 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts $2,728  $572  $(892)(5) $2,408 
(1)Amounts have been adjusted to remove discontinued operations.
(2)Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance relates principally to the change in deferred taxes associated with minimum pension liabilities recorded in other comprehensive income.
(3)Increase in valuation allowance relates principally to foreign net operating loss carryforwards.
(4)Reduction of NOLs (and related valuation allowance) principally due to expiration of carryforward period.
(5)Decrease principally due to write-offs of accounts deemed uncollectible.
PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) 3.           Exhibits
Exhibit Number
Description
2.1First Amended Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of the Company, dated June 8, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 28, 2005).
2.2Third Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, dated May 19, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed May 30, 2003).
3.1Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WHX, as most recently amended on November 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
3.2Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of WHX Corporation, effective January 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 4, 2011).
3.3Amended and Restated By Laws of WHX, as most recently amended on November 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
*4.1Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries, Wells Fargo, in its capacity as agent acting for the financial institutions party hereto as lenders, and the financial institutions party hereto as lenders.
*4.2Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among H&H Group, certain of its subsidiaries, Ableco, in its capacity as agent acting for the financial institutions party hereto as lenders, and the financial institutions party hereto as lenders. 
4.3 
Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of October 15,December 13, 2010, by and among H&H Group, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.
4.4Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 9, 2010).
*4.5 Form of Restricted Shares Agreement.
10.1Settlement and Release Agreement by and among Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation (“WPSC”) and Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation (“WPC”), the Company and certain affiliates of WPSC, WPC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 30, 2001).
10.2Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (as Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1998) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed December 27, 2006).
10.3Agreement by and among the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, WHX Corporation, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation, Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation and the United Steel Workers of America, AFL-CIO-CLC, dated as of July 31, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed December 27, 2006).
10.4Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, by and among the Company, H&H Group, the Steel Trusts, and each other person who becomes a holder thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 9, 2010).
10.52009 Bonus Plan of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010).
*10.62010 Bonus Plan.
10.72007 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company’s Schedule 14A filed November 4, 2010).
10.8Settlement Agreement by and among WHX Corporation, Handy & Harman, and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation dated December 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 4, 2007).
10.9Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Illinois Tool Works Inc., ITW Canada, OMG Roofing, Inc., and OMG, Inc., dated December 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007).
10.10Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation, Handy & Harman, and James McCabe dated as of February 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed May 21, 2007).
10.11Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation, Handy & Harman, and James F. McCabe Jr., effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.12Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation, Handy & Harman, and James F. McCabe Jr., effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.13Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 28, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 31, 2009).
10.14Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.15Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between Handy & Harman and Jeffrey A. Svoboda, effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.16Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation and Peter T. Gelfman, dated as of April 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2008).
10.17Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation and Peter T. Gelfman, effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.18
 
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement by and among WHX Corporation and Peter T. Gelfman, effective January 4, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.19Incentive Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, by and between WHX Corporation and Glen Kassan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.20Amendment to Incentive Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between WHX Corporation and Glen Kassan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.21Incentive Agreement, dated July 6, 2007, by and between WHX Corporation and Warren G. Lichtenstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
10.22
Amendment to Incentive Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2009, by and between WHX Corporation and Warren G. Lichtenstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 31, 2009).
*21.1Subsidiaries of Registrant.
*23.1Consent of Independent Registered Accounting Firm-Grant Thornton LLP.
*24.1Power of Attorney.
*31.1 
Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*31.2 
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*32 
Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 
* - filed herewith.